laboratory catalogue - Wenk Lab Tec

10/11 

laboratory catalogue 

equipment. accessories. consumables.

7. Heating and cooling technology 

Contents 

654 

GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11 

Cooling 655 

Refrigerators 655 + Chest, Upright freezers, Ice makers 659 + Cryogenic boxes, racks 664 + Insulated containers 673 

Temperature regulators 679 

Thermostats, cryostats 679 

Heating 704 

Water baths 704 + Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chamb 726 + Incubators 747 + Ovens, Furnaces 761 + 

Hotplates 766 + Block thermostats 773 + Temperature controllers, thermostats 781 + Incubation hoods 784 + Heating tapes 788 

www.wenk-labtec.com

100° 

90° 

80° 

70° 

60° 

50° 

40° 

30° 

20° 

10° 

www.memmert.com 

Memmert GmbH + Co. KG 

P.O. Box 1720 

D-91107 Schwabach 

Tel. +49 (0) 9122 / 925 - 0 

Fax +49 (0) 9122 / 145 85 

E-Mail: sales@memmert.com 

We combine quality with environmental awareness! 

A 100%-controlled atmosphere in our Peltier appliances guarantees the highest accuracy and 

precision. In addition the cooling technology, dispensing with compressors, reduces energy 

consumption to a considerable degree, and thus CO2 emission as well. Our Peltier family: 

HPP constant climate chambers, IPP incubators and CDP cooling device for waterbaths. 

A top performance from the experts for controlled atmosphere. 

Energy-efficient and climate-friendly. For a sustainable future. 

www.wenk-labtec.com


Cooling/Refrigerators 

1 2 

1 2 3 

656 

Laboratory refrigerators Versions LKPv and LGPv 

E & OE. 

www.wenk-labtec.com 


The Profi electronic control system includes text display and integral real-time clock meets the highest requirements. It is 

Liebherr 

equipped with a volt-free contact for connection to a remote warning system, an infrared interface and an RS485 serial 

interface, enabling networking with central monitoring systems. 

The interior temperature can be set to 1/10°C accuracy and is indicated accordingly in the display. 

- dynamic cooling 

- precision electronic control with alphanumeric info display and real time displayed 

- one cooling programme is preset 

- with wheels, two with brakes 

- insulated glass doors with interior lighting 

- plastic coated shelves 

- a high performance 12V battery automatically cuts in if power fails and allows the appliance to monitor and register the interior temperature continuously 

for up to 72 hours. 

- the compressor compartment panel can be raised for cleaning or servicing purposes. 

- the Profi electronic defrosts the cabinet automatically only when required, thus saving energy 

- the defrost cycle is very short and as a result, the temperature in the interior remains almost constant. 

Type Capacity External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

LKPv 1422 

LKPv 6522 

LKPv 1420 

LKPv 6520 

LGPv 1420 

LGPv 6520 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Energy 

consumption 

litres mm mm kWh (24h) °C 

1427 

601 

1427 

601 

1427 

601 

1430x830x2150 

700x830x2150 

1430x830x2150 

700x830x2150 

1430x830x2150 

700x830x2150 

3 

1263x650x1550 

533x650x1550 

1263x650x1550 

533x650x1550 

1263x650x1550 

533x650x1550 

5 

3.8 

3.4 

2.3 

9.7 

4.9 

Temp. 

range 

0 to +16 

0 to +16 

-2 to +16 

-2 to +16 

-10 to -26 

-10 to -35 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.698 689 

9.698 687 

9.698 688 

9.698 686 

9.698 693 

9.698 692


1 2 

Laboratory refrigerators type LKv and LKUv 

The new Mediline laboratory refrigerators with Comfort controller provide maximum 

storage space on a 600mm footprint. The underbench models are 820mm high and will 

fit almost any site.These appliances meet the exacting demands made of laboratory appliances. The product range 

offers two upright and two underbench laboratory refrigerators, in each version with glass door or solid door versions. 

The temperature can be set from +3°C to +8°C. The forced-air cooling system in conjunction with the accurate 

electronic controller system ensures high temperature consistency and equal temperature acorss the interior. 

- comfort electronic controller with an accuracy of 1/10°C. 

- safety features enable a variety of alarm functions for connection to an external alarm system 

- hygienic interior liner 

- the appliances have a volt-free contact and an RS485 serial bus interface for central temperature monitoring and 

alarm documentation. 

- a provision for an external temperature sensor is fitted near the compressor compartment 

- self-closing door 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

LKv 3912 

LKv 3910 

LKUv1612 

LKUv 1610 

3 4 

2 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Energy 

consumption 


344 

344 

130 

130 

600x615x1840 

600x615x1840 

600x615x820 

600x615x820 

455x435x1650 

455x435x1650 

455x435x669 

455x435x669 

2.0 

0.8 

1.2 

0.7 

Laboratory refrigerators Typ LKexv and LGUex 

E & OE. 




Temp. 

range 

+3 to + 8 

+3 to + 8 

+3 to + 8 

+3 to + 8 

Liebherr 1 

The range of laboratory appliances with Comfort controller comprises 2 refrigerators 

Liebherr 

and 2 freezers with spark-free interiors, especially for storing explosive and highly 

flammable substances - for instance in the chemical industry or in special laboratories. These models have been 

tested by electrosuisse - SEV (Swiss Association for Electrical Engineering, 

Power and Information Technologies), the ATEX conformity evaluation organisation, for compliance with the safety 

requirements of the EU Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX 95) according to the harmonised standards EN 1127-1, IEC 60079-0 

and IEC 60079-15, and they provide all the other advantages of the Comfort electronic controller. 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

LKexv 3910 

LKUexv 1610 

LGex 3410 

LGUex 1500 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Energy 

consumption 


344 

130 

284 

129 

600x615x1840 

600x615x820 

600x615x1840 

600x615x820 

455x435x1650 

455x435x669 

420x400x1587 

454x450x663 

0.8 

0.7 

1.0 

0.8 

Temp. 

range 

3 

+3 to +8 

+3 to + 8 

-9 to -30 

-9 to -26 

4 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.698 684 

9.698 683 

9.698 681 

9.698 680 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.698 685 

9.698 682 

9.698 691 

9.698 690 

657

1 



658 

Universal refrigerators FKEX 

Liebherr commercial refrigerator with spark-free interior. 

Full-volume refrigeration with rear wall evaporator. 

Automatic defrosting; defrost water evaporates automatically. Lockable door. 

Door hinges can be reversed. Front ventilation enables installation within bench units. 

Adjustable temperature range: from +2 to +10°C 

Ambient temperature: from +10 to +32°C 

1 

E & OE. 



Liebherr 

Type Capacity Energy 

consumption 

Power Weight Width Depth Height PK Cat. No. 

litres kWh (24h) W kg mm mm mm 

FKEX 1800 

180 0.7 

90 

39 

600 

600 885 

1 9.698 653 

FKEX 2600 

260 0.8 

100 

48 

600 

600 1216 

1 9.698 654 

FKEX 3600 

360 0.9 

130 

62 

600 

600 1590 

1 9.698 655 

FKEX 5000 

500 0.9 

130 

78 

752 

710 1516 

1 9.698 656 

2 

Laboratory refrigerators, spark-free 

The BGR 120 laboratory guidelines state that interiors of refrigerators in which 

dangerous, explosive atmospheres can develop, must be spark-free. Such explosive 

atmospheres can be created by stored flammable liquids, for example. 

The CFC-free laboratory refrigerators by Aqualytic ® meet these requirements. The interiors are free from sparking 

sources and are therefore explosion-proof. With glass shelves. 

Variable temperature control from +2°C to +10°C. Temperature is continuously controlled by thermostat. 

Capacity External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Weight Power PK Cat. No. 

L mm kg W 

150 

210 

295 

425 

602 x 600 x 885 

602 x 600 x 1215 

602 x 600 x 1589 

755 x 715 x 1515 

37.00 

46.50 

62.00 

77.00 

120 

140 

150 

150 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.699 001 

9.699 002 

9.699 003 

9.699 004 

AQUALYTIC


1 

Chest and Upright Freezers 

Microprocessor controlled temperature regulation 

The microprocessor controlled temperature regulator, with digital display of actual and 

set temperature values operates without maintenance and is shock-resistant. The regulator is battery-backed by 

constantly charged NiCd battery that maintains the display of the actual temperature and the alarm functions for 60 

hours in the event of mains failiure. During operation on the mains, the battery level and the set temperature can be 

checked by touch control. With RS232 interface, compatible e.g. to the PC software labworldsoft ® GFL 

. Alternative data 

transfer formats, RS422 and RS485, are also available. 

Energy-saving cooling unit 

The maintenance-free cooling unit, equipped with hermetically sealed, high-performance compressors, ensures short 

cooling times. The non-flammable refrigerant is free of chlorofluorocarbons (CFC), as is the insulation installed all 

around the unit, comprising a seamless and diffusion-protected foamed-in polyurethane layer (up to 150mm thick). 

Ex-proof inside cabinets 

The inside cabinets are manufactured entirely out of stainless steel (material no 1.4301), are corrosion resistant and 

easy to clean. They are free from ignition sources, an extremely important aspect when storing low flash-point media 

and are ex-proof in accordance with BGR 120 10/93 act. 10/1998. The cooling air outlet is located at the front of the 

unit, meaning that explosive gases can not be drawn in. The magnetic sealing system reliably prevents freezing of the 

lid or door seals. 

Powder-coated housing 

The housings are made of powder-coated, electrolytically galvanized sheet steel. As standard, GFL deep freezers are 

mounted on double wheel, swivel castors, two of which can be locked, for transport to the place of use and for mobile 

applications (castors for the sub-counter Deep Freezers 6441 and 6481). 

Controlled access 

The lids and doors of the freezer units can be locked, a control panel provides controlled access through the use of a 

key-operated security switch. 

Multiple alarm messages 

All deep freezers include a potential-free, changeover contact for connection to an internal alarm system or to the 

central I&C system as standard. They are also provided with a connection for a piezoelectric buzzer. In the event of a 

fault an optical and audible alarm is issued. The cause for the fault is shown in the display as a defined code number. 

The limit values for alarms (0-20 K) for excess and under temperature can be set individually by the user. Optional 

suppressions of alarm messages can also be set by the user. 

Accessories appropriate for the task at hand, storage system on request. Customised equipment available on request, 

for tasks that demand special solutions for storage. 

2 

Chest Freezers 

All chest lids are balanced and easy to operate. Chest freezers with capacities of 220 to 

500 litres are also equipped with additional insulating cover panels on the cabinet. 

Type Capacity Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

6340* 

6341* 

6342* 

6343* 

6344* 

6345* 

6380** 

6380** 

6382** 

6383** 

6384** 

6385** 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm kg 

70 

30 

100 

220 

300 

500 

70 

30 

100 

220 

300 

500 

600 x 350 x 340 

500 x 305 x 200 

710 x 440 x 340 

840 x 460 x 580 

1000 x 500 x 600 

1440 x 580 x 600 

600 x 350 x 340 

500 x 305 x 200 

710 x 440 x 340 

840 x 460 x 580 

1000 x 500 x 600 

1440 x 580 x 600 

*Temperature: 0 to -40°C, Rating: 0.6 kW 

**Temperature: -50 to -85°C, Rating: 1.2 kW 

836 x 685 x 1055 

700 x 600 x 905 

960 x 790 x 1080 

1450 x 870 x 1040 

1610 x 910 x 1060 

2060 x 1000 x 1060 

836 x 685 x 1055 

700 x 600 x 905 

960 x 790 x 1080 

1450 x 870 x 1040 

1610 x 910 x 1060 

2060 x 1000 x 1060 

E & OE. 



Cooling/Chest, Upright freezers, Ice makers 

Weight PK Cat. No. 

100 

70 

180 

210 

240 

310 

120 

90 

200 

230 

260 

330 

GFL 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.699 340 

9.699 341 

9.699 342 

9.699 343 

9.699 344 

9.699 345 

9.699 380 

9.699 381 

9.699 382 

9.699 383 

9.699 384 

9.699 385 

659



1 2 

1 2 

660 

Upright Freezers 

Upright freezers of 300 litres and 500 litres are equipped with three inner compartments 

(H 353 mm), each provided with an insulating door. Optional shelves can also be 

installed in the compartments. On request, the cabinet can also be equipped with a set of drawers instead of the 

inside compartments. After removing the cover plate, the sub-counter Deep Freezers 6441 and 6481 can be built into 

a laboratory bench. 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

6441* 

6443* 

6445* 

6481** 

6483** 

6485** 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm kg 

96 

300 

500 

96 

300 

500 

430 x 430 x 510 

600 x 450 x 1100 

600 x 760 x 1100 

430 x 430 x 510 

600 x 450 x 1100 

600 x 760 x 1100 

*Temperature: 0 to -40°C, Rating: 0.6 kW 

**Temperature: -50 to -85°C, Rating: 1.2 kW 

3 

4 

3 

900 x 770 x 890 

990 x 865 x 1940 

990 x 1175 x 1940 

900 x 770 x 890 

990 x 865 x 1940 

990 x 1175 x 1940 

E & OE. 




140 

240 

310 

150 

270 

340 

Safety Cooling Systems 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

9.699 501 

9.699 503 

9.699 504 

9.699 502 

9.699 495 

9.699 497 

Accessories for Chest and Upright Freezers. 

GFL 

CO2/LN2 safety cooling systems for connection to a 230V emergency power system or 

for battery-powered operation (supplied with power from a battery provided with the system, approx. 60 h). 

Temperature of the cabinet is kept constant at a freely selectable value (0 to -70°C) by controlled injection of CO2 or 

LN2. For chest freezers with a volume of 70 litres or above and upright freezers from 300 litres capacity upwards. 

Refrigerant vessel not included. 

Type For PK Cat. No. 

6946a LN2 safety cooling 

6946b LN2 safety cooling 

6947a CO2 safety cooling 

6947b CO2 safety cooling 

4 

230V 

Battery 

230V 

Battery 

Distribution Lines for Safety Cooling System with CO2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.699 452 

9.699 453 

9.699 447 

9.699 451 

For CO2 safety cooling systems 6947a and 6947b (CO2 bottles not included in scope of 

GFL 

supply). For simultaneous connection of two or three CO2 bottles distribution lines are 

required. The CO2 bottles must be provided with a rising pipe and must not be connected to a pressure limiter. The 

distribution line can be ordered complete with all requisite connectors, tubes and materials for wall mounting. 


6948 

6949 

2 CO2 bottles 

3 CO2 bottles 

1 

1 

9.699 448 

9.699 449


Water cooling 6960 

Accessory for Chest and Upright Freezers. 

GFL 

A heat exchanger is installed in place of the air-cooled liquefier. The heat exchanger 

considerably reduces the heat given off by the unit to the environment, at the same time, expanding the permissible 

ambient temperature range in which the unit can be operated. Water supply is regulated by the freezer. The heat 

exchanger can be connected to a recirculation system or to the internal water supply system. (Connecting points on 

unit: outside thread connector for pressure hose ½ inch *with lock nut.) For freezers with a volume of at least 220 

litres. 

Type PK Cat. No. 

6960 1 9.699 454 

* not in scope of supply 

1 

Qualification data record 

For detailed documentation of the spatial and temporal temperature constancy in the 

GFL 

deep freezers, when users must, for example, comply with the special approval 

guidelines defined by the Federal Drug Administration of the USA (FDA). All requested test and measurement data are 

established at our factory using a calibrated test section and archived at GFL for one decade. 

Type Description PK Cat. No. 

6965 Measurement report 1 9.699 565 

2 

Drawer Sets for Upright Freezers (300/500 l volume) 

To equip the cabinet of upright freezers with a set of four drawers in place of the three 

insulated compartments. Made of stainless steel with front panels made of 10 mm thick 

polystyrene insulating plates. Ball bearings and slide rails ensure easy and level motion. 


6952 

6953 

3 

Upright freezer, 300L 

Upright freezer, 500L 

Dry ice machines, SnowPack 

Suitable for all European siphon carbon dioxide cylinders with valve (W 21.80 x 1¼" 

acc. to DIN 477, no. 6). 

E & OE. 




4 

4 

GFL 

9.699 456 

9.699 457 

- Produces dry ice tablets at -79°C 

- operates without power 

- taint- and odour-free 

Gassing period (per tablet): either 0.5 or 2.5 min approx. 

Tablets per 22 kg bottle (dependent on ambient temperature and pressure): either 90 or 14 pieces approx. 

Bürkle 

Weight Dia. Height PK Cat. No. 

g mm mm 

50 

50 

30 

1 9.253 006 

250 

80 

60 

1 9.253 008 

1 

2 

3 

661

1 



662 

Ice flake makers, Scotsman 

Manufactured under DIN ISO 9001 conditions. 

For solid, even, ice flakes. Hygienic, 0.5°C cold ice. With stainless steel outer casing and air-cooled compressor. 

Also available with water-cooled compressor, except model AF 100. 

Alternative models availlable on request. 

A specially built model for laboratory-grade water is available on request at an additional charge. 

1 

E & OE. 



Type Output 

kg/24 hrs. 

Capacity Rating Width Length PK Cat. No. 

up to kg kg W mm mm 

Ice flake maker AF 80 

70 

25 

330 

626 535 

1 9.580 006 


85 

32 

400 

622 592 

1 9.580 007 


120 

32 

520 

622 592 

1 9.580 008 

Ice flake maker MF 22* 

120 

0 

500 

533 560 

1 9.580 009 

Ice flake maker MF 30* 

200 

0 

760 

533 560 

1 9.580 016 

Storage B 193 for MF 22 and MF 30 

0 

90 

0 

800 560 

1 9.580 010 

Storage B 393 for MF 22 and MF 30** 

0 

150 

0 

825 765 

1 9.580 017 

Cover KBT 103 

for storage B 393 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 9.580 018 

*without storage bin 

**Cover KBT 103 required. Please order separately. 

Additional Shelves for 300/500litre Upright Freezers 

Upright Freezers having a storage volume of 300 and 500 litres come with three 

compartments as standard equipment. As an option, each compartment can be 

sectioned with one additional shelf for optimal utilisation of the internal volume of the unit. 


6954 300 litre freezers 

6955 500 litre freezers 

Storage system for Chest and Upright Freezers (racks to accept boxes, inner dividers for boxes and racks for Microtiter and DeepWell plates) available on 

request. 

2 

2 

Freezers, UNI series 

The UNI series have a range from -10 to -45°C, allowing particularly sensitive samples 

to be stored at low temperature. Operate at ambient temperatures up to 30°C. 

- audible alarm 

- large temperature display 

- easily operated controller for temperature setting between -10°C and -45°C 

- electronic thermostat 

- handle with key lock 

- defrost water drain hole 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm 

UNI 11 

130 725 x 655 x 865 

UNI 21 

226 1055 x 655 x 865 

UNI 31 

299 1305 x 655 x 865 

UNI 41 

358 1505 x 655 x 865 

UNI 51 

416 1705 x 655 x 865 

Alternative freezer sizes available on request! 

1 

1 

GFL 

9.699 458 

9.699 459 

Elcold 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.699 611 

9.699 612 

9.699 613 

9.699 614 

9.699 615


1 

Freezers, LAB series 

The LAB series storage freezers operate in the range -60 to -85°C at ambient 

temperatures from 10 to 30°C. 

- audible alarm with battery back up 

- alarm box with output for external alarm 

- inlet for CO2 back up system 

- large temperature display 

- easily operated controller for temperature setting between -60°C and -85°C 

- electronic thermostat 

- heavy duty castors for easy moving 

- handle with key lock 

- defrost water drain hole 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm 

LAB 11 

LAB 31 

LAB 41 

LAB 51 

2 

130 

301 

360 

416 

720 x 730 x 920 

1300 x 730 x 920 

1500 x 730 x 920 

1700 x 730 x 920 

Cryogenic box racks for chest freezers 

Stainless steel racks, suitable for all brands of chest freezer. For boxes up to 136 x 

136 mm. 

2 


Cooling/Chest, Upright freezers, Ice makers-Cryogenic boxes, racks 

E & OE. 


Elcold 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.699 600 

9.699 601 

9.699 602 

9.699 603 

Type Width Depth Height PK Cat. No. 

mm mm mm 

Rack for 6 boxes each 50mm high 

140 

140 335 

1 9.698 745 


140 

140 555 

1 9.698 746 


140 

140 610 

1 9.698 747 


140 

140 665 

1 9.698 748 


140 

140 720 

1 9.698 758 


140 

140 326 

1 9.698 749 


140 

140 406 

1 9.698 750 


140 

140 486 

1 9.698 751 


140 

140 551 

1 9.698 752 


140 

140 629 

1 9.698 753 


140 

140 607 

1 9.698 759 


140 

140 320 

1 9.698 754 


140 

140 425 

1 9.698 755 


140 

140 530 

1 9.698 756 


140 

140 635 

1 9.698 757 

3 

Nalgene ® CryoBox racks Type 5036 

Stainless steel. 

Vertical. 

With individual retainers to secure each box safely. 

Shelves Width Depth Height PK Cat. No. 

mm mm mm 

4 

140 

143 225 

1 9.400 953 

9 

140 

143 502 

1 9.400 954 

3 

1 

Tenak 

Nalgene 

663

1 

1 


Cooling/Cryogenic boxes, racks 

664 

Racks for upright freezers 

Stainless steel racks for all upright freezer brands. For boxes up to 136 x 136 mm. 

E & OE. 




mm mm mm 

Rack for 9 (=3 x 3) each 50 mm high boxes 

139 

423 168 

1 9.698 836 

Rack for 12 x 50 mm high boxes 

139 

423 224 

1 9.698 829 


139 

562 224 

1 9.698 830 


139 

562 279 

1 9.698 774 


139 

562 331 

1 9.698 837 


139 

423 164 

1 9.698 831 


139 

562 164 

1 9.698 832 


139 

562 224 

1 9.698 833 


139 

423 214 

1 9.698 834 


139 

562 214 

1 9.698 835 

2 

Racks for upright freezers Arctic Squares ® 

Stainless steel. Fits most standard upright freezers. Overall rack size (H x W x D): 238 x 139 x 571mm. With four 

drawers to hold 16 boxes of 133 x 133 x 53mm. 

Drawers feature a unique stop that when fully extended pivot down allowing for easy box access. Freezer rack also 

includes a pull-out wire handle for easy removal off the shelf. Polycarbonate drawer handles provide a user-friendly 

grip. Includes a slot and label for drawer/sample identification. 

2 


Arctic Squares ® 1 9.193 980 

3 4 

Racks for upright freezers 

Stainless steel rack for 50mm cryoboxes within any brand freezer compartment. 


mm mm mm 

Rack for 12 boxes 

140 

423 224 

1 9.698 950 


140 

562 224 

1 9.698 951 


140 

562 279 

1 9.698 952 

5 

4 

Safety spring lock for cryogenic racks 

To hold cryogenic boxes in the rack to stop them sliding out when tilted. The clip is 

placed onto the box above the top edge and slid into the cryogenic rack. Fits all sizes of 

cryogenic racks. 


Safety spring lock 10 9.698 840 

5 

3 

Tenak 

Tenak 

Tenak


1 

Cryogenic storage boxes 

With 100 places, 10x10 grid and numerical coded. Robust hinge with safe snap-on lid, stackable for safe transport. 

Minimised liquid retention. Guaranteed metal free. Temperature resistant from +90°C to +130°C, autoclavable at 

121°C, 20 minutes. Dimensions: 140 x 140 x 60 mm 

Colour PK Cat. No. 

Magenta/clear 

Black 

2 

Cryogenic storage boxes, 1/1 

Freezer and cryogenic storage boxes (CryoBoxes). Made of freeze-resistant, 

water-repellent, coated cardboard. Dimensions: 136 x 136 mm square. For the storage 

of samples. With lid. Colour: white. Other colours are available on request. 

Int. 

height 

mm 

32 

50 

75 

100 

130 

Special sizes available on request! 

3 

Partition inserts for Cryoboxes 

For cryoboxes 136 x 136 mm. With compartment heights and formats as indicated. 

Height 

mm 

Compartments 

25 

10 x 10 

25 

12 x 12 

25 

16 x 16 

30 

9 x 9 

30 

10 x 10 

30 

12 x 12 

30 

16 x 16 

40 

9 x 9 

40 

10 x 10 

40 

12 x 12 

65 

4 x 4 

65 

9 x 9 

65 

10 x 10 

65 

12 x 12 

4 


For optimized storage we offer you 1/2 size freezer and cryogenic storage boxes 

(CryoBoxes). Made of freeze-resistant, water-repellent, coated cardboard. For the 

storage of samples. With lid. Colour: white. Dimensions: 136 x 66 x 50 

E & OE. 




1 

1 

9.405 800 

9.405 801 

Ratiolab 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.405 860 

9.405 861 

9.405 862 

9.405 863 

9.405 864 

Ratiolab 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.405 874 

9.405 878 

9.405 882 

9.405 871 

9.405 875 

9.405 879 

9.405 883 

9.405 872 

9.405 876 

9.405 880 

9.405 870 

9.405 873 

9.405 877 

9.405 881 

Ratiolab 


Cryobox 1/2 without divider 

Divider 5 x 10 

5 


For optimized storage we offer you ¼ size freezer and cryogenic storage boxes 

(CryoBoxes). Made of freeze-resistant, water-repellent, coated cardboard. For the 

storage of samples. With lid. Colour: white. Dimensions: 75 x 75 x 52mm 

10 

10 

9.405 830 

9.405 832 

Ratiolab 


Cryobox ¼ (without divider) 

Divider 5 x 5 

10 

10 

9.405 831 

9.405 833 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

665

1 

2 

3 



666 

1 

CryoBox 

E & OE. 



Polypropylene. 9 x 9 array. Resist ultra-low storage temperatures from -90°C up to +121°C. Autoclavable. With grid 

numbers on the lid for reliable identification of individual samples. Box fits most stainless steel racks. 

Type A: 133 x 133 x 52mm 

Type B: 133 x 133 x 75mm 

Type Colour PK Cat. No. 

A 

A 

A 

A 

A 

B 

B 

B 

B 

B 

2 

natural 

yellow 

red 

green 

blue 

natural 

yellow 

red 

green 

blue 

Nalgene ® CryoBox, System 100 series 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.405 890 

9.405 892 

9.405 894 

9.405 896 

9.405 898 

9.405 891 

9.405 893 

9.405 895 

9.405 897 

9.405 899 

For System 100 cryogenic vials. PC. 10 x 10 array. Resist ultra-low storage 

Nalgene 

temperatures from -196°C up to +121°C. Autoclavable. With grid numbers on the lid 

for reliable identification of individual samples. Lid fits one way to maintain the correct grid orientation. Box fits most 

stainless steel racks. For 1 ml and 1.5 ml vials. 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

mm 

PK Cat. No. 

133 x 133 x 52 1 9.400 927 

3 

Nalgene ® CryoBoxes 

Stable, autoclavable PC. 

Nalgene 

With printed grid on lid for cryovials and similar tubes up to 13.5mm diameter. 

Temperature resistant from -196 to +121°C. With grid numbers for reliable identification of individual samples. 

Type 5050 is a plain box with transparent PC lid, without grid, used for storing tubes of various sizes. Supplied in 

packs as indicated. 

Type For 

tubes 

Width Length Height Array PK Cat. No. 

ml mm mm mm 

5025 1.2/2.0 

76 

76 

52 

5 x 5 

1 9.400 946 

5026 1.2/2.0 

133 133 

52 

9 x 9 

1 9.400 947 

5027 5.0 

133 133 

95 

9 x 9 

1 9.400 948 

5050* 

133 133 

52 

1 

1 9.400 949 

*Without grid. 

4 

4 

Cryo boxes, PP 

No. of cells 9 x 9 = 81 cryovials. 


mm mm mm 

Blue 

130 

130 

50 

1 9.698 708 

Green 

130 

130 

50 

1 9.698 709 

Natural 

130 

130 

50 

1 9.698 710 

Red 

130 

130 

50 

1 9.698 711 

Yellow 

130 

130 

50 

1 9.698 712 

Tenak


3 

96-Well cryogenic boxes, PP 

Polypropylene rack has 96 wells for 0.5ml microcentrifuge tubes on one side and 

Heathrow Scientific 

96 wells for 1.5 to 2.0ml microcentrifuge tubes on the other side. Wells are arranged in 

standard 8 x 12 array. Handy lid snaps into place via tabs on each end of rack. Autoclavable. Dimensions: 246 x 

121.x 50mm. 


blue, green, pink, yellow, orange 5 9.193 982 

4 

96-Well PCR Rack 

Removable hinged lid lies flat. Perfect for pre- or post-PCR sampling. Sturdy 


polypropylene rack accommodates individual 0.2ml tubes or strips of 8 or 12 tubes. 

Tube wells are easily identified with embossed numbers and letters. Rack measures 130 x 98 x 33mm. Autoclavable. 


blue, green, pink, yellow, orange 5 9.409 661 

E & OE. 




1 100-Well cryogenic boxes, PP 

1 

Rugged polypropylene box has durable three-point hinges and clasp for secure closure, moulded grid lines on the lid, 

imprinted coordinates on the bottom of base, and imprinted and raised coordinates on each well. Holds 1.5 to 2.0ml 

tubes and vials. Autoclavable. Dimensions: 141 x 151 x 57mm. 


natural 

blue, green, purple, yellow, orange 


2 

Ideal for sample or case study storage. Compact storage box has angled front slot for easy access to tubes. Rugged, 

polypropylene box has durable three-point hinges, snapping clasp for secure closure, moulded grid lines on lid, 

imprinted coordinates on bottom of base and imprinted and raised coordinates on tube wells. Holds 1.5 to 2.0ml 

microtubes. Autoclavable. Dimensions: 141 x 92 x 56mm. 


blue, green, purple, yellow, orange 5 9.193 985 


5 

Store 1.5 to 2.0ml microtubes under easy-open, friction-fit lid. Locate tubes is easily with moulded grid lines and a 

moulded reference point on the lid. Polypropylene box fits in standard freezer racks. Autoclavable. Dimensions: 130 x 

130 x 47mm. 


natural 

blue, green, pink, yellow, orange 

3 

4 

1 

5 

1 

5 

6.206 710 

9.193 981 

9.193 983 

9.193 984 

667

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 



668 

1 

50- and 100-Well cryogenic boxes, EPS 

E & OE. 



Inexpensive freezer storage. Lightweight 1.5 to 2.0ml microtube racks are ideal for long-term studies or tube storage. 

Two-piece racks are constructed of expanded polystyrene (EPS) foam. Extra spacing between wells allows easy 

gripping with fingertips. Racks stack securely with nesting features on lid and base. 

no. of 

wells 

100 

50 

2 

3 

Dimensions 

(L x W x H) 

mm 

336 x 95 x 73 

210 x 100 x 71 

Nalgene ® cryovials, System 100 series 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.193 986 

9.193 987 

PP. With HDPE screw cap and silicone gasket. Increase storage capacity in mechanical 

Nalgene 

and gaseous phase liquid nitrogen freezers. The gasket prevents leakage in 

microcentrifuges (up to 8000xg), or during transport. With writing area and graduations in white. Gamma radiation 

sterilized. One-handed operation possible. In compliance to CE. DNAse/RNAse free. Pyrogen-free and non-cytotoxic. 

Supplied in packs as indicated. Bar coded version available on request. 

Capacity Ext. 

diam. 

Height PK Cat. No. 

ml mm mm 

1.0 

12 

38 

25 9.400 912 

1.5 

12 

48 

25 9.400 913 

4 

Nalgene ® cryovials Type 5000 

PP with HDPE screw cap. Temperature resistant down to -196°C. Gamma radiation 

sterilized. Non-cytotoxic and pyrogen-free. Compliance to Derective CE. DNAse/RNAse 

free. With marking area, fill line and graduations printed on the vial. Bar coded version available on request. 

Nalgene 

Capacity Ext. 

dia. 


ml mm mm 

1.2 

13.5 

38 

25 9.400 941 

2.0 

13.5 

48 

25 9.400 942 

5.0 

13.5 

92 

10 9.400 943 

Also available in a larger pack size (1000 pc.). 

5 

Reversible PCR Rack 

Removable hinged lid fits both sides. Flip this polypropylene reversible rack to the size of 


tubes you need. PCR side of the rack has 168 wells that hold 0.2mL tubes. The wells 

accommodate 8- or 12-tube strips or individual tubes. The opposite side of the rack has 40 wells that hold 0.5 mL 

tubes. Both sides of the rack have 12 wells for 1.5 mL tubes. Autoclavable. Rack measures 206 x 131 x 54 mm. 


blue, green, purple, yellow, orange 5 9.409 660 

Nalgene ® cryovial racks Type 5030 

PC. Autoclavable. Space-saving. Choice of sizes to hold 25 or 50 cryovials of 1.2, 2.0 or 

5 ml capacities. With moulded identification numbers and letters. One-handed operation 

possible. 

Nalgene 

Aperture 

array 

Width Length Height PK Cat. No. 

qty. mm mm mm 

5 x 10 

102 197 

28 

1 9.400 944 

5 x 5, staggered 

102 197 

22 

1 9.400 958


1 

Cap coders for Nalgene ® cryovials 

Colour-coded cryovials. Type 5045. Coloured PS cap inserts. 

E & OE. 




Nalgene 


white 

yellow 

blue 

green 

red 

2 

Cryogenic vials 

PP. Sterile. Transparent. With screw caps and marking area. 

For the storage of samples at low temperatures down to -196°C. 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

9.400 967 

9.400 968 

9.400 969 

9.400 970 

9.400 971 

Capacity Dia. Length PK Cat. No. 

ml mm mm 

2 

12.5 

38 

500 9.401 233 

5 

12.5 

78 

100 9.401 238 

3 4 

Cryogenic tubes, PP 

Designed for storage of biological material, such as microorganisms, human and animal 

cells, etc. 

Graduated, 12.5 mm o.d. Large frosted marking area and coloured cap inserts for easy sample identification. 

Temperature stability to -196°C. y-ray sterile (SAL 10-6 BRAND 

) and autoclavable at 121°C (29 min.). Marked with the CE 

symbol according to the IVD Directive 98/79 EC. Cryogenic vials are sterile, RNase-, DNase-, DNA- and endotoxinfree. 

Capacity Grad. 

up to 

Description Thread Height PK Cat. No. 

ml ml mm 

1.2 

1.00 

self-standing 

external 

41 

1000 6.801 655 

2.0 

1.80 

round-bottom 

external 

47 

1000 6.206 393 

2.0 

1.80 

self-standing 

external 

49 

1000 7.079 366 

3.0 

3.00 

self-standing 

external 

70 

1000 6.802 266 

4.0 

3.60 

self-standing 

external 

76 

1000 7.059 827 

5.0 

4.50 

self-standing 

external 

90 

1000 7.300 349 

1.2 

1.00 

self-standing 

internal 

41 

1000 7.300 557 

2.0 

1.80 

self-standing 

internal 

49 

1000 7.053 349 

2.0 

1.80 

round-bottom 

internal 

48 

1000 7.604 109 

4.0 

3.60 

round-bottom 

internal 

70 

1000 9.401 223 

4.0 

3.60 

self-standing 

internal 

71 

1000 9.401 224 

5.0 

4.60 

round-bottom 

internal 

90 

1000 7.610 567 

5 

Cap coders, PP for Brand ® cryogenic tubes 

Fit for all sizes 

BRAND 


white 

blue 

red 

green 

yellow 

6 

Cryogenic tube rack, PP 

Blue. For 50 self-standing cryogenic tubes. 

500 

500 

500 

500 

500 

7.200 575 

7.077 849 

7.053 350 

7.079 679 

7.600 162 

BRAND 


Cryovial racks 1 7.077 405 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

669

1 



670 

1 

Storage boxes, PC for cryogenic tubes 

Operating range: -196°C to +121°C (in gaseous phase liquid nitrogen). Autoclavable at 

121°C (20 min). 

E & OE. 



For 

For 

Aperture 

Width Depth Height PK Cat. No. 

tubes 

thread type 

array 

ml qty. mm mm mm 

1.2 and 2 internal / external 

81 

132 

132 

52 

1 7.400 583 

3, 4 and 5 external 

81 

132 

132 

95 

1 7.071 111 

1.2 and 2 internal 

100 

132 

132 

52 

1 7.300 574 

2 

3 

Inserts for Ice baths 

Solid aluminium. 

2 

Mini coolers, PC 

Mini coolers are designed to protect a wide range of solutions (enzymes, DNA, RNA, cell 

suspensions) by helping to maintain freezer temperatures on the lab bench. Durable 

polycarbonate filled with non-toxic gel. Mini coolers hold twelve 0.5 ml to 2.0 ml tubes. 

Temperaturemaintained 

on lab bench 

0°C, up to 60 min 

-20°C up to 60 min 

-70°C up to 45 min 

3 

BRAND 

BRAND 


red 

yellow 

white 

Ice baths, polystyrene 

1 

1 

1 

6.802 253 

7.300 442 

7.090 437 

Ice bath with non-slip, silicone feet. Fully insulated in light grey foam. Rigid body with support guide for aluminium 

insert blocks. 

Type Internal tank 

dimensions 

(W x L x D) 

mm 

W-1060 

W-1061 

140 x 

210 x 

210 x 

350 x 

70 

100 

For No. of 

vessels 

1.5 ml microtubes 

1.5 ml microtubes 

Custom (please indicate drilling 

required when ordering) 

4 

Type Aperture 

array 

Laptop Cooler jr. 

Labtop Cooler jr. 

Labtop Cooler 

Labtop Cooler 

qty. 

12 

12 

32 

32 

4 

Nalgene ® Labtop Cooler 

2 x 7 

2 x 12 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.010 670 

9.010 671 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.010 675 

9.010 676 

9.010 677 

The economical alternative for keeping samples and biochemical reagents cool at the 

Nalgene 

workbench or for protecting against temperature fluctuations and power failure in 

refrigeration apparatus. With write-on, gridded lid. Lids fit one way to maintain the correct grid orientation. The lid of 

the Labtop Cooler jr. is transparent (12-position for tubes 1.5 to 2.0 ml).The Labtop Cooler lid (32-position for tubes 

1.5 to 2.0 ml) is white and filled with a non-toxic insulation gel. Adapters are also supplied for 0.5 ml microtubes. 

Robust, space-saving and stackable. With non-slip rubber feet. Can be used down to -135°C. 

Description Temperaturemaintained 

on lab bench 

without gel 

without gel 

with gel 

with gel 

≤-15 °C up to 1 hr. 

≤ 1 °C up to 3.5 hrs. 

≤-15 °C up to 2 hrs. 

≤ 1 °C up to 5 hrs. 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.400 929 

9.400 930 

9.400 932 

9.400 933


1 

Nalgene ® freezing container Type 5100, Mr. Frosty 

PC box. With 120 mm diameter screw cap in blue HDPE, vial holder made of white 

HDPE. Suitable for 18 x 1.2/2.0 ml cryovials. 

Foam interior. Cooling rate 1°C/min. Tubes can be easily removed. Each aperture has a moulded number for 

identification. Stackable. 

E & OE. 




Nalgene 

Dia. Height PK Cat. No. 

mm mm 

117 86 1 9.400 945 

2 

Nalgene ® CryoCane 

CryoCane aluminium vial holder. Type 5015. For ultra-low temperature storage of 1.2, 

1.5 or 2.0 ml cryovials. 

Nalgene 

For Length 

mm 

PK Cat. No. 

5 cryovials 

290 

1 9.400 956 

6 cryovials 

300 

12 9.400 935 

3 

Nalgene ® CryoSleeve 

Type 5016. Made of transparent PVC. For CryoCane aluminium vial holder. 

Nalgene 

Length PK Cat. No. 

mm 

273 100 9.400 957 

4 

Nalgene ® floating cryovial racks 

PP. 

For 0.5 to 2.0 ml test tubes and cryovials. Racks will float with a full load of filled tubes. 

With moulded identification numbers and letters. 

Type For 

Array Colour Dimensions 

tubes 

(W x D x H) 

ml mm 

Square 

0.5 

4 x 4 black 103 x 103 x 65 

Square 

1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0 

4 x 4 white 103 x 103 x 65 

Circular 

1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0 

8 white 66 dia. 

Circular 

1.0/1.2/1.5/2.0 

20 white 96 dia. 

Nalgene 

1 

2 

3 

4 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

4 

4 

9.400 981 

9.400 982 

9.400 983 

9.400 984 

671



1 2 

1 2 

672 

IsoTherm-System ® 

Modular system for transporting, storing, and gently thawing deep-frozen samples 

- Holds 24 tubes (0.5ml, 1.5ml, 2ml) 

- IsoPack (cold pack) white for 0°C and blue for -21°C, for pre-cooling in the freezer 

- IsoTherm cooling times from = 6 hrs. (0°C, white) and = 3 hrs. (-21°C, blue) 

- No more melting ice baths (contamination risk) 

- All system components can be used separately 

- Racks can be stacked, are autoclavable, float in water and can be centrifuged in a microtitration plate rotor 

E & OE. 



eppendorf 

Description PK Cat. No. 

Iso Therm-System, insulating box, 0°C cold pack, -21°C cold pack, rack plus lid for 1.5/1.7/2.0 ml tubes 

IsoRack + 0 °C IsoPack 

IsoRack + -21°C IsoPack, rack and cold pack for 1.5ml/2ml tubes 

IsoRack, 4 racks and 4 lids for 1.5ml / 2.0 ml tubes 

IsoSafe + -21°C IsoPack, for 1.5ml/2.0ml tubes, insulating box and 3 cold packs 

IsoSafe + 0°C IsoPack, for 1.5ml/2.0ml tubes, insulating box and 3 cold packs 

Iso Therm-System for 0.5ml tubes, insulating box, 0°C cold pack, -21°C cold pack, rack plus lid 

IsoRack + 0 °C IsoPack 

IsoRack + -21°C IsoPack, rack and cold pack for 0.5ml tubes 

IsoRack, 4 racks plus 4 lids for 0.5ml tubes 

IsoSafe + -21°C IsoPack, insulating box and 3 cold packs for 0.5 ml tubes 

IsoSafe + 0°C IsoPack, insulating box and 3 cold packs for 0.5 ml tubes 

3 

4 

3 4 

PCR-Coolers 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.283 526 

9.283 528 

9.283 530 

9.283 536 

9.283 535 

9.283 529 

9.283 525 

9.283 527 

9.283 537 

9.283 523 

9.283 524 

9.283 521 

The PCR-Cooler acts as a thermochromic temperature self-indicator: pink or light-blue 

eppendorf 

(depending on the model chosen) when temperature exceeds +7°C, violet or dark blue 

when ice-cold. 

Description 

The new Eppendorf PCR-Cooler reliably maintains a sample temperature of 0°C*for over an hour, changing colour 

when the temperature exceeds +7°C. Better than an ice bath, PCR-Cooler is simple to handle, space-saving and 

contamination-free, making it the perfect preparation for PCR reactions. The temperature of single tubes is indicated 

by the colour of the respective individual apertures. Furthermore, samples are prevented from freezing by the 

specially developed cone contour. Eppendorf PCR-Cooler: the cooling unit in the universal 96-well format for 0.2ml 

and 0.5ml PCR tubes, for tube strips, plates and for individual tubes. The Eppendorf PCR-Cooler is a compact, 

innovative solution for protecting, transporting and storing sensitive samples and obviously also ideal for safely 

stopping reactions. 

Application note. 

By changing colour from violet to pink or dark blue to light blue, the PCR-Cooler shows when the temperature has 

exceeded +7°C. The crucial factor for sample cooling is the well colour in the PCR-Cooler. 


PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml starter set (1 x pink, 1 x blue) 

PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml pink 

PCR-Cooler, 0.2 ml blue 

PCR tubes, 0.2 ml, transparent 

twin.tec PCR Plate 96 semi-skirted, transparent 

twin.tec PCR Plate 384 skirted, transparent 

* With 2 hours precooling at -20°C. 

1 

1 

1 

1000 

25 

25 

9.283 576 

9.283 577 

9.283 578 

9.283 579 

9.283 595 

9.283 596


1 

Ice buckets, Spongex 

1 

Round, complete with lid. 

For sample and reaction cooling. Foamed PVC. No styropor present. Unbreakable and 

lightweight. For use with ice/dry ice or liquid nitrogen. High temperature resistance -196°C to +93°C. Inert against 

acids, alkaline solutions, alcohol, acetone, phenol, etc. 

E & OE. 



Cooling/Insulated containers 

schuett-biotec 

Type Filling Capacity Colour Bottom Top Height PK Cat. No. 

volume 

dia. dia. 

max. L litres mm mm mm 

Bucket 

4 

5 blue 

180 250 180 

1 9.010 700 

Bucket 

4 

5 red 

180 250 180 

1 9.010 720 

Bucket 

4 

5 yellow 

180 250 180 

1 9.010 730 

Ice buckets, Spongex, accessory inserts 

Specifically for Spongex ice buckets, but also suitable for other containers. Foamed PVC. Float in liquid, therefore also ideal 

insert racks for water baths. Also available without holes for custom drilling by the user on request. External diameter: 220mm. 


Type Colour Height 

mm 

PK Cat. No. 

For 44 x 1.5/2.0ml reaction tubes 

blue 

10 

1 9.010 711 


red 

10 

1 9.010 726 


yellow 

10 

1 9.010 736 

For 30 x 14/15ml Falcon-type tubes 

blue 

17 

1 9.010 713 


red 

17 

1 9.010 728 


yellow 

17 

1 9.010 738 

2 

Ice storage containers, Labpan 

For holding all types of holders and vessels. Made of foamed PVC. 


No styropor present. 

Unbreakable and lightweight. For use with ice, dry ice or liquid nitrogen. Temperature resistant from -196 to +93°C. 

Inert against acids, alkaline solutions, alcohols, acetone, phenol, etc. 

Type Filling 

volume 

Colour Width Depth Height PK Cat. No. 

max. L mm mm mm 

Mini 

1 blue 

130 

130 

80 

1 9.010 703 

Mini 

1 red 

130 

130 

80 

1 9.010 723 

Mini 

1 yellow 

130 

130 

80 

1 9.010 733 

Midi 

4 blue 

290 

190 100 

1 9.010 702 

Midi 

4 red 

290 

190 100 

1 9.010 722 

Midi 

4 yellow 

290 

190 100 

1 9.010 732 

Maxi 

9 blue 

355 

280 110 

1 9.010 701 

Maxi 

9 red 

355 

280 110 

1 9.010 721 

Maxi 

9 yellow 

355 

280 110 

1 9.010 731 

3 

Ice storage containers, Labpan, accessory inserts 

Specifically for Labpan, but also suitable for other containers. Float in liquid, therefore 

ideal as inserts for water baths. Dimensions (W x L) 235 x 110mm. Foamed PVC. 

Also available solid, for user drilling, on request. 


Type Colour Height 

mm 

PK Cat. No. 

For 36 x 1.5 / 2.0ml reaction tubes 

blue 

10 

1 9.010 761 


red 

10 

1 9.010 762 


yellow 

10 

1 9.010 763 


blue 

17 

1 9.010 764 


red 

17 

1 9.010 765 


yellow 

17 

1 9.010 766 

2 

3 

673

1 

2 

3 

4 



674 

1 

Insulated vessels 

With Duran ® liners; DIN 12492. Cylindrical. With metal outer casing made of galvanized 

sheet steel finished in blue powder paint. With lid and carrying handle. 

Capacity Int. Int. 

dia. height 

litres mm mm 

10 

200 350 

10 

200 350 

14 

200 500 

21 

250 480 

21 

250 480 

28 

250 620 

9.032 742 and 9.032 743: uncoated aluminium cover 

2 

Linen bag for large insulated vessels 

For 10 L, 14 L, 21 L and 28 L model. 

E & OE. 



KGW 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.032 131 

9.032 742 

9.032 132 

9.032 133 

9.032 743 

9.032 134 

Type Capacity 

litres 

PK Cat. No. 


10 

1 9.032 231 



3 

Dewar flasks 

Duran ® . DIN 12492. Cylindrical. Type 26B to 29B: With metal outer casing made of 

galvanized sheet steel finished in blue powder paint. With cover and aluminium support 

bracket. 

Type Capacity Int. Int. 

dia. height 

litres mm mm 

26 B 

1 

100 150 

27 B 

2 

138 170 

28 B 

3 

138 230 

29 B 

4 

138 310 

BE Type: Cover made of high-grade steel, type 26 BE to 29 BE are available on request. 

4 

Dewar flasks, Nalgene ® Type 4150 

14 

21 

1 

1 

KGW 

9.032 232 

9.032 233 

KGW 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.032 726 

9.032 727 

9.032 728 

9.032 729 

HDPE. With vented, insulating HDPE lid. PE covered handle. Unbreakable and completely 

Nalgene 

safe for short term storage of ice water, dry ice solvents and liquid nitrogen. Also 

suitable for use as warming baths. Chemical-resistant, reinforced walls, filled with urethane foam, are temperature 

resistant from 

-196 to +100°C. 1, 2 and 4 litre flasks have a carrying handle. 

Capacity Top 

dia. 

mm 

Int. 

height 

litres mm 

1 

2 

4 

10 

95 

121 

146 

197 

194 

225 

287 

394 

200 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.031 961 

9.031 962 

9.031 964 

9.031 970


1 

Dewar flasks, open top, shallow form 

Duran ® . DIN 12492. Bowl shaped. Generally for thermostatting round bottom flasks to 

a constant temperature as hot or cold baths. With aluminium housing, support and 

edge protection. Suitable for use with magnetic stirrers. 

Capacity Int. 

dia. 


ml mm mm 

260 

100 

65 

1 9.032 423 

400 

110 

70 

1 9.032 425 

680 

138 

80 

1 9.032 426 

1600 

170 110 

1 9.032 427 

2 

Dewar flasks, cylindrical 

Duran ® . DIN 12492. Cylindrical. Blue powder-coated aluminium casing. Can be used 

with magnetic stirrers. All vessels can be supplied without casing, unsilvered or with 

unsilvered contents observation strips. 

Capacity Int. 

Ext. Int. 

dia. diam. height 

ml mm mm mm 

100 

40 

56 

90 

200 

40 

56 170 

300 

47 

60 190 

500 

57 

70 210 

800 

67 

80 240 

1200 

67 

80 350 

1000 

77 

95 235 

1500 

77 

95 345 

1500 

90 

115 245 

2000 

90 

115 340 

1500 

100 

120 240 

2000 

100 

120 290 

2500 

110 

130 290 

4000 

138 

160 310 

3 

Chrome steel Dewar flasks 

E & OE. 




KGW 

KGW 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.032 011 

9.032 012 

9.032 013 

9.032 015 

9.032 018 

9.032 019 

9.032 021 

9.032 022 

9.032 024 

9.032 025 

9.032 027 

9.032 028 

9.032 030 

9.032 033 

Nickel chromium steel, unbreakable, open top. With high-vacuum, permanent insulation. Temperature range -269 to 

+300°C. 5 year insulation guarantee. 

Capacity Int. 

Ext. Int. 

dia. diam. height 

litres mm mm mm 

1 

85 

107 206 

1 

100 

122 157 

2 

100 

122 285 

Lid for chrome steel Dewar flasks 

Cork. 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.031 982 

9.031 983 

9.031 984 

For PK Cat. No. 

9.031 982 

9.031 983 and 9.031 984 

4 

Dewar flasks, spherical 

Duran ® . DIN 12492. Spherical. 

Silver, with aluminium casing and insulating lid. 

Capacity Neck 

Ext. 

dia. diam. 

litres mm mm 

1 

30 

175 

3 

60 

225 

5 

60 

260 

10 

65 

330 

1 

1 

9.031 972 

9.031 973 

KGW 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.032 740 

9.032 741 

9.032 115 

9.032 127 

1 

2 

3 

4 

675

1 



676 

1 

Cryogenic storage tanks, LO 2000 series with drawers 

The LO 2000 series is especially developed for storing of 4000, 8000 and 9600 cryo 

vials (*in liquid phase) (max. 2ml vials, 5ml vials on request) in cryo boxes. The large 

opening of 410mm (LO 2075) resp. 590mm gives easy access to the samples. The lightweight aluminium design and 

low space requirements of these containers make them the most economical units in their class. Supplied with drawer 

fastener. 

Features: 

- large neck openings 

- easy access To stored samples 

- long Nitrogen retention times 

- 2 Year warranty 

Available accessories on request: cryo boxes, castors, liquid level measuring rod, low filling level alarm, electronic 

filling level regulation and storage inserts for dry storage. 

Type Capacity No. of 

vials 

LO 2075 

LO 2200 

LO 2250 

2 

No. of 

boxes 

No. of 

racks 

Static 

holding 

time 

litres 2ml Days 

75 

198 

236 

4000 

8000 

9600 

10 

10 

12 

Vapour Shipper containers BS 2000 series 

4 

8 

8 

Vapour Shipper containers BS 2000 series are designed for the safe transportation of 

biological samples at cryogenic (-150°C or colder) temperatures. 

Fabricated from durable, lightweight aluminum, they employ a hydrophobic absorbent that contains the liquid nitrogen 

for "spill free" shipping. The absorbent also repels moisture and humidity, assuring the maximum holding time. This 

eliminates the necessity to dry units between uses. 

A protective shipping case is available for all models. These containers may be used to ship your samples with a "nonhazardous" 

classification e.g. straws, cryo ampoules, bloodbags, thus reducing costs and helping to assure sample 

viability. 

Availlable accessories on request: protective shipping case, temperature logger, holders for ampoules and blood bags. 


vials 

BS 2002 

BS 2004 

BS 2024 

3 

2.00 

5.20 

24.00 

No. of 

straws 

Static 

holding 

time 

30 

40 

47 

Neck 

dia. 

Weight 

empty / full 

L 2ml 0.25ml Days mm kg 

0 

114 

798 

3 

190 

1640 

17220 

23 

19 

11 

35 

70 

215 

3.3/4.8 

6.9/9.6 

15.6/22.6 

Cryogenic storage tanks, B 2000 series 

E & OE. 


2 


CRYO DIFFUSION 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.524 500 

9.524 501 

9.524 502 


200 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.524 503 

9.524 504 

9.524 505 

The B 2000 series is especially developed for storing of straws and cryo vials in ampoule 


holders. 

The B 2000 series offers capacities of 216 to 1332 cryo ampoules with 2ml and 474 to 16400 x 0.25ml straws. 

The B 2000 series long term storage tanks are especially suited to hold small amounts of samples. Thanks to the 

small neck openings these storage tanks have holding times reaching 365 days. Supplied with canisters. 

Accessories on request include: Canes for cryovials, rolling castors base, liquid level measuring rod, low filling level 

alarm.


1 

1 

Long term cryogenic storage tanks, B 2000 series 


vials 

B 2002M 

B 2003M 

B 2009M 

B 2011M 

B 2020M 

B 2020M 

B 2036M 

B 2036M 

2 

2.00 

4.10 

10.50 

12.00 

21.70 

21.70 

35.90 

35.90 

No. of 

straws 

No. of 

canisters 

Static 

holding 

time 

L 2ml 0.25ml Days 

0 

0 

0 

216 

216 

216 

216 

216 

474 

1560 

1560 

2700 

2700 

1560 

2700 

1560 

3 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

6 

25 

42 

93 

133 

238 

238 

365 

365 

Large capacity cryogenic storage tanks, B 2000 series 


vials 

B 2013-6 

B 2013-10 

B 2026 

B 2035 

B 2048-6 

B 2048-10 

3 

13.00 

13.00 

26.00 

35.90 

48.50 

48.50 

No. of 

straws 

2 

No. of 

canisters 

Static 

holding 

time 

L 2ml 0.25ml Days 

0 

0 

0 

684 

1332 

1332 

4920 

4920 

8200 

9840 

0 

16400 

6 

10 

10 

6 

6 

10 

59 

59 

104 

211 

180 

180 

Cryogenic storage tanks, BR 2000 series with drawers 

Chamber 

dimensions 

(Dia. x H) 

mm 

26x110 

37x110 

37x110 

37x270 

37x270 

37x110 

37x270 

37x110 

Chamber 

dimensions 

(Dia. x H) 

mm 

66x110 

44x110 

66x110 

66x270 

94x270 

73x270 

The BR 2000 series is especially developed for storing 750, 3000, 4800 and 

6000 cryogenic vials (max. 2ml vials, 5ml vials on request) in cryo boxes. Low 

vaporization thanks to their 215mm dia. neck (BR 2048: only 120mm). The lightweight, aluminium design and low 

space requirements of these containers make them the most economical units in their class. Supplied with drawer 

fastener. 

Features: 

- large neck openings 

- easy access to stored samples 

- long Nitrogen retention times 

- lightweight aluminium design 

- 2 Year warranty 

Available accessories on request: cryogenic boxes, castors, liquid level measuring rod, low filling level alarm, 

electronic filling level regulation. 


vials 

BR 2048 

BR 2100 

BR 2150 

BR 2200 

No. of 

boxes 

No. of 

racks 

Static 

holding 

time 

litres 2ml Days 

48 

100 

148 

197 

750 

3000 

4800 

6000 

5 

5 

8 

10 

6 

6 

6 

6 

180 

155 

227 

303 

E & OE. 




3 


PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.524 506 

9.524 507 

9.524 508 

9.524 509 

9.524 510 

9.524 511 

9.524 512 

9.524 513 


PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.524 514 

9.524 515 

9.524 516 

9.524 517 

9.524 518 

9.524 519 


PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.524 520 

9.524 521 

9.524 522 

9.524 523 

677

1 


Cooling/Insulated containers-Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 

678 

1 

Cryogenic liquid dewars L 2000 series 

E & OE. 



The L 2000 Series of cryogenic liquid dewars are so-called because of their universal 


acceptance in laboratories and medical facilities worldwide. These high-efficiency, 

super-insulated dewars are the most convenient, economical way to store and dispense liquid nitrogen. Types L 2025, 

L 2035, L 2050 and L 2100 can be fitted with pressurized dispensing devices to aid in the transfer of liquid nitrogen. 

Accessories on request include: Transfer hose, phase separator, spare corks, pressurized dispensing device, liqiud 

level measuring rod, rolling castor base 

Type Capacity Evaporation Neck 

Weight Height PK Cat. No. 

rate dia. empty / full 

L L/ day mm kg mm 

L 2002 

2.0 

0.08 35 

2.7/4.3 402 

1 9.524 524 

L 2005 

5.5 

0.13 50 

4.4/8.8 494 

1 9.524 525 

L 2012 

12.4 

0.14 50 

8.1/18.1 600 

1 9.524 526 

L 2025 

25.0 

0.2 50 

10/31 684 

1 9.524 527 

L 2035 

35.0 

0.25 50 

13/41.5 591 

1 9.524 528 

L 2050 

50.0 

0.3 50 

17/57.5 675 

1 9.524 529 

L 2100 

100.0 

0.8 50 

32/113 1035 

1 9.524 530 

2 

3 

4 

2 3 4 

Controller 

Controllers, Unistat ® Pilot and CC-Pilot 

Unistat ® Huber 

Pilot and CC-Pilot are state of the art controllers for temperature control 

systems, which can be adapted to the individual needs of the users and not least from demographic criteria. A colour 

graphics, flat screen display shows all information in plain language. The display shows all dynamic information during 

the thermoregulation process. The process and internal or jacket temperature, pump pressure and all safety-relevant 

information is displayed simply and clearly. The format of the display can be varied. Besides a clear display of all data, 

the most important information (set point, actual values of internal and process as well as the over temperature set 

point) can be presented in a large format. This facilitates reading from a distance and maintains focus on the critical 

parameters. The resolution of the temperature display is 0.1K or 0.01K, as required. The temperature format can be 

selected in either Celsius or Fahrenheit. Depending on the model and accessories, the pump speed or the desired 

pressure can be steplessly controlled. VPC (variable pressure control) offers protection against glass breakage. The 

controller parameters can be selected either manually or using True Adaptive Control (TAC) - the intelligent, selfoptimising 

cascade controller, fully automatic guarantees the best parameters to achieve a highly dynamic 

temperature control. The working range can be restricted to suit requirements and the alarm response can be 

programmed to give an optical and/or acoustic alarm as required. The clock and calendar functions allow individual 

processes to be programmed and the autostart function enables the response to a mains power failure to be 

programmed (continue the process or go into standby). Additionally the control sensors are exceptionally simple to 

calibrate. Depending on the version digital and/or analogue interfaces allow data visualisation and logging. Installing a 

ComBox enables the connection to a process control system. 

MPC-Controllers (Microprocessor Control): 

These modern, low-cost controllers do without the unique benefits of the Plug & Play technology. They are the low 

cost solution for the Minichillers ® and Unichillers ® in classic form and for the combination of the simple immersion 

circulators with baths made of Makrolon, stainless steel or with refrigerated baths. Unnecessary features have been 

consciously removed. You only pay for what you need. When safety is being considered, nothing is compromised. 

Only three keys are required to operate the unit and the display is simple to understand. For an additional cost the 

MPC-controller is offered in an "Advanced” version. The functionality is extended to include an RS232 digital interface 

and the facility for an external sensor. 

E-grade innovative activation keys for the functionality to suit your budget and 

process requirements 

Every application requires particular functions. If the circulator is to be used in a range 

Huber 

of applications it will generally require greater functionality. The required functionality 

grows with the complexity of the application. The innovative „E-grade” has the answer. Units with the CC-Pilot in the 

basic version have a comprehensive range of functions suited to the classical temperature control applications. The Egrade 

allows the functionality to be extended at any time to suit new process requirements and budget. E-grade 

stands for electronic upgrade and it is simple to do: To extend the functionality a unit specific code is entered via the 

controller. This code is specific to the serial number of the unit and is either already entered at the factory for new 

units or it can be activated at a later date. The code is sent by email. There is no requirement for a hardware or 

software update. 


E-grade "Exclusive" 

E-grade "Professional" 

1 

1 

9.699 100 

9.699 101


1 

"Petite fleur" - the baby Tango 

E & OE. 



Temperature regulators/Thermostats, cryostats 

The Tango is the original and smallest circulator of the Unistat ® range, which has been 

the benchmark for many years. The "Petite Fleur” in comparison with the Tango Nuevo, 

is ²/3 the size, ²/3 the power and ²/3 the price. 

The Tango and the Unistat ® s are suitable for externally open baths or closed applications, e.g. reactors. The first 

version of "Petite Fleur”, the baby Tango, is designed for external, closed circuit applications. With the expansion tank 

and the large illuminated sight glass, it is instantly recognisable as a Unistat ® Huber 

with all the well known advantages. 

Heating capacity: 1.5kW 

Pressure pump VPC: 33L/min/0.9bar 

Type Temp. 

Cooling capacity KW at Dimensions 

range 

200/20/0/-20/-30°C (W x D x H) 

°C mm 

petite fleur 

-40 to 200 0.48/0.48/0.45/0.27/0.16 260 x 450 x 504 

petite fleur w 

-40 to 200 0.48/0.48/0.45/0.27/0.16 260 x 450 x 504 

Thermostatic circulators, Unistats 

The Tango and the Unistats ® are suitable for externally open baths or closed applications, e.g. reactors. The first version of 

"Petite Fleur", the baby Tango, is designed for externally closed applications. With the expansion tank and the large illuminated 

sight glass, it is instantly recognisable as a Unistat ® with all the well known advantages. A second version for open bath applications is in preparation. 

Safety class: Fl, III 

Stability: better than ±0.05K 

2 

Thermoregulator Circulators, Unistat, -55°C 

Heating capacity 

Tango/405 series: 1.5/3.0kW 

Unistat 425/425w: 2.0kW 

Unistat 430/430w: 4.0kW 

Unistat 520: 6.0kW 

Type Temp. 

range 

Tango nuevo 

Tango nuevo wl 

Unistat 405 

Unistat 405w 

Unistat 410w 

Unistat 425 

Unistat 425w 

Unistat 430 

Unistat 430w 

Unistat 510w 

Pump 

cap. 

°C L/min / bar 

-45 to +250 

-45 to +250 

-45 to +250 

-45 to +250 

-45 to +250 

-40 to +250 

-40 to +250 

-40 to +250 

-40 to +250 

-50 to +250 

Pump with VPC (Variable pressure control) 

55 at 0.9 

55 at 0.9 

55 at 0.9 

55 at 0.9 

55 at 0.9 

105 at 1.5 

105 at 1.5 

90 at 1.7 

90 at 1.7 

105 at 1.5 

Cooling capacity kW at 

250/200/100/0/-20/-40°C 

0.7/0.7/0.7/0.7/0.4/0.06 

0.7/0.7/0.7/0.7/0.4/0.05 

1.0/1.0/1.0/1.0/0.6/0.1 

1.3/1.3/1.3/1.3/0.7/0.15 

2.5/2.5/2.5/1.5/0.8/0.2 

2.0/2.0/2.0/2.5/1.8/0.2 

2.8/2.8/2.8/2.5/1.9/0.2 

3.5/3.5/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.3 

3.5/3.5/3.5/3.5/2.2/0.3 

5.3/5.3/5.3/5.3/2.8/0.9 

Huber 

1 

2 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

6.235 884 

9.857 486 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 778 

9.857 779 

9.857 780 

9.857 781 

9.857 300 

9.857 782 

9.857 783 

9.857 784 

9.857 785 

9.857 786 

679

1 



Type Temp. 

range 

Unistat 705 

Unistat 705w 

Unistat 815 

Unistat 815w 

680 

Pump 

cap. 


-75 to 250 

-75 to 250 

-85 to 250 

-85 to 250 

Pump with VPC (Variable pressure control) 

2 

55 at 0.9 

55 at 0.9 

40 at 0.9 

40 at 0.9 

1 

Thermoregulators, Unistat, -85°C 


Unistat 705/705w series: 1.5/3.0kW 

Unistat 815/815w series: 2.0kW 

Safety class: FL, III 

Supply requirements: 400V 50Hz (815/815w) 

Unistat series: 230/400V 50Hz (705/705w) 

Dimensions (WxDxH) 

Unistat 705/705w series: 425 x 400 x 720mm 

Unistat 815/815w series: 460 x 604 x 1342mm 

2 

Cooling 

capacity kW at 

250/200/100°C 

0.6/0.6/0.6 

0.6/0.6/0.6 

1.3/1.3/1.3 

1.5/1.5/1.5 

High temperature circulators 

Cooling 


0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C 

0.65/0.6/0.6/0.3/-- 

0.65/0.6/0.6/0.3/-- 

1.5/1.5/1.4/1.2/0.2 

1.5/1.5/1.4/1.2/0.2 


Cooling capacity kW at: 400/300/200/100°C 

unistat T305w HT/unistat T320w HT: --/10/10/6.0 

unistat T330w HT/unistat T340w HT: --/10/10/6.0 

unistat cc401w HT: 10/10/10/10 

Type Temp. 

Heating Dimensions 

Supply 

range 

(W x D x H) 

req., 50 Hz 

°C mm V 

unistat T305 

(15) 65 to 300 3.0/6.0kW 425 x 250 x 635 230/400 

unistat T305 HT 65 to 300 

3.0/6.0kW 425 x 250 x 635 230/400 

unistat T305w HT (15) 65 to 300 3.0/6.0kW 425 x 250 x 635 230/400 

unistat T320 

(15) 65 to 300 12.0kW 460 x 554 x 1332 400 

unistat T320w HT (15) 65 to 300 12.0kW 460 x 554 x 1332 400 

unistat T330 

(15) 65 to 300 24.0kW 460 x 554 x 1332 400 


unistat T340 

(15) 65 to 300 48.0kW 600 x 704 x 1517 400 


unistat cc401 

50 to 400 

3.0/9.0kW 288 x 332 x 740 230/400 

unistat cc401w HT (15)50 to 400 3.0/9.0kW 288 x 332 x 740 230/400 

(15): Range can be extended down to 15°C using accessory external cooling 

Unichiller in alternative bench-top or tower housing formats 

E & OE. 



Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 792 

9.857 793 

9.857 794 

9.857 795 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 301 

9.857 303 

9.857 304 

9.857 302 

9.857 305 

9.857 306 

9.857 307 

9.857 308 

9.857 309 

9.857 311 

9.857 312 

Unichillers are intelligent chillers which are used mainly as an environmentally friendly and economic alternative to tap water for 

Huber 

process cooling. Low temperatures increase efficiency and recovery rates in condensation processes. In contrast to tap water a 

set-point can be selected between -10/-20°C to 40°C and controlled with a temperature stability of ±0.5°C. The product range includes 27 air cooled and 26 

water cooled models, with cooling powers from 0.3kW to 50kW. Most models can be factory fitted with a heater if required. Housings are made of stainless 

steel to ensure long life. 

Compact, value-for-money units are available in classic look with cooling powers up to 2.5kW for cooling applications in the lab. Models from Minichiller to UC 

025w are suitable for on or under the lab bench. 

The proven Huber tower housing models offer power with small footprints. These top models have the exchangeable Compatible Control CC-Pilot. These 

models are used in both research and production, the range of cooling powers available is from 1.6 to 100kW.


1 

Minichiller 

E & OE. 




Small, robust and cost effective with its stainless steel casing. The Minichiller ® is the 

smallest Unichiller ® in the World. Minichillers ® Huber 

are available with air or water-cooled 

refrigeration systems, illuminated level indicator, overflow and drain on the front. The filling port is on the top of the 

unit. 

Supply req.: 230V 50Hz 

Dimensions (WxDxH): 225 x 360 x 380mm 

Type Temp. 

range 

Pump 

cap. 

Cooling 


15/0/-10°C 


minichiller* -20 to 40 20 at 0.2 

0.3/0.2/0.14 

minichiller w* -20 to 40 20 at 0.2 

0.3/0.2/0.14 

*Also available as ”advanced“ version. 

(Advanced: -RS232/serial with the LAI commands G,v,L; (SpyLight compatible) -PT100 for sensor relocation (jacket control)) 

2 

Unichillers, bench-top 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.857 717 

9.857 754 

Conventional Unichiller units provide cooling powers from 0.3 to 2.5kW. Two, 

Huber 

water-cooled models with tower profile housings ensure a minimal footprint. Excellent 

control is achieved using a modern, easy to use, microprocessor-based controller with a large display. Thanks to high 

safety standards and robust construction, they are particularly suited to continuous operation, removing process heat 

. With the exception of the two models in tower housings, all units can be factory fitted with optional heating and 

independent overtemperature protection. The maximum working temperature increases to 100°C and the temperature 

stability is ±0.5K. The new construction allows constant operation in ambient temperatures up to 40°C. The watercooled 

models are especially quiet and require little cooling water even at full cooling power. Due to increasing costs 

of water the ROI is exceptionally short. All models with maximum pump pressure of 3bar have an adjustable bypass 

and pressure gauge. 

Type Temp. 

range 

UC006 

UC007 

UC010 

UC012 

UC012w 

UC015 

UC015w 

UC022 

UC022w 

UC023w 

UC025 

UC025w 

Supply 

req., 50 Hz 

Pump 

cap. 

°C V L/min / bar 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

230 

30 at 0.7 

25 at 3.0 

25 at 3.0 

25 at 3.0 

25 at 3.0 

25 at 3.0 

25 at 3.0 

25 at 3.0 

25 at 3.0 

25 at 3.0 

25 at 3.0 

25 at 3.0 

Cooling 


15/0/-10°C 

0.6/0.5/0.22 

0.7/0.55/0.35 

1.0/0.8/0.5 

1.2/1.0/0.7 

1.2/1.0/0.7 

1.5/1.0/0.4 

1.5/1.0/0.4 

2.2/1.6/1.0 

2.2/1.6/1.0 

2.0/2.0/1.3 

2.5/2.0/1.2 

2.5/2.0/1.2 

All Unichiller also available as ”advanced“ version. 

(Advanced: -RS232/serial with the LAI commands G,v,L; (SpyLight compatible) -PT100 for sensor relocation (jacket control)) 

3 

Unichiller (bench mounting) with water cooled refrigeration unit 

The models UC006Tw and UC009Tw have a footprint of only 230 x 280mm and are 

therefore suitable for installation in laboratory furniture or in extract hoods. The 

water-cooled chillers emit almost no heat and require minimal amounts of cooling water. 

Pump capacity 30 L/min, pressure 0.7 bar. 

Supply requirements: 230V 50Hz 

Type Temp. 

range 

UC006Tw-NR 

UC009Tw-NR 

Cooling 

capacity kW 

at 15 °C 

Cooling 


0/-10/-20°C 

°C mm 

-20 to 40 

-25 to 40 

0.6 

0.9 

0.45/0.4/0.25 

0.7/0.4/0.2 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

230 x 280 x 540 

230 x 280 x 540 

Huber 

1 

2 

3 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 360 

9.857 659 

9.857 361 

9.857 362 

9.857 363 

9.857 364 

9.857 365 

9.857 366 

9.857 367 

9.857 368 

9.857 369 

9.857 370 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.857 050 

9.857 053 

681

1 



Type Temp. 

range 

UC017T 

UC020T 

UC025T 

UC040T 

UC045T 

UC055T 

UC060T 

UC080T 

2 

682 

Pump 

cap. 

1 

Unichiller (free standing unit) with air cooled refrigeration unit 

All models require 400V 50Hz supplies, except UC017T, UC020T and UC025T which 

require 230V 50Hz. 

Cooling 


15/0/-10/-20°C 

°C L/min / bar mm 

-10 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-10 to 40 

Type Temp. 

range 

UC017Tw 

UC020Tw 

UC025Tw 

UC030Tw 

UC040Tw 

UC055Tw 

UC060Tw 

UC080Tw 

3 

27 at 3.0 

27 at 3.0 

27 at 3.0 

27 at 3.0 

27 at 3.0 

65 at 5.5 

65 at 5.5 

90 at 5.5 

Pump 

cap. 

2 

1.7/0.9/0.4/- 

2.0/2.0/1.5/0.8 

2.5/1.2/0.6/- 

4.0/2.5/1.5/- 

4.5/4.5/2.9/1.5 

5.5/3.0/1.3/- 

6.0/6.0/3.9/2.0 

8.0/4.8/2.5/- 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

450 x 510 x 1160 

450 x 510 x 1160 

450 x 510 x 1160 

500 x 550 x 1420 

500 x 550 x 1420 

600 x 632 x 1610 

600 x 630 x 1600 

600 x 790 x 1610 

Unichiller (free-standing) with air cooled refrigeration unit 

All models require 400V 50Hz supplies, except UC017Tw, UC020Tw and UC025Tw 

which require 230V 50Hz. 

Cooling 


15/0/-10/-20°C 

°C L/min / bar mm 

-10 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-10 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-10 to 40 

27 at 3.0 

27 at 3.0 

27 at 3.0 

27 at 3.0 

27 at 3.0 

65 at 5.5 

65 at 5.5 

90 at 5.5 

3 

1.7/0.9/0.4/- 

2.0/2.0/1.5/0.8 

2.5/1.2/0.6/- 

3.0/3.0/2.0/1.0 

4.0/2.5/1.5/- 

5.5/4.0/2.0/- 

6.0/6.0/3.8/2.1 

8.0/4.65/2.35/- 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

400 x 440 x 1100 

400 x 440 x 1100 

400 x 440 x 1100 

400 x 440 x 1100 

400 x 440 x 1100 

500 x 552 x 1261 

500 x 552 x 1261 

500 x 552 x 1261 

Immersion Thermostats CC-E/MPC-E 

Immersion thermostats are the basis of many combinations of polycarbonate and 

stainless steel baths. Together with a cooling bath, exact and reproducible temperatures 

down to -30°C are possible. 

Temp. control range °C: (-30) 25 to 200 ° C 


Heating capacity kW: 2kW 

suction max. (CC-E): 25L/min at 0.4 bar 

suction max. (MPC-E): 17L/min at 0.18 bar 

Immersion depth: 150mm 

Type Stability Pump 

cap. 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

K L/min / bar mm 

CC-E 

0.01* 27 at 0.7 

132 x 159 x 315 

MPC-E 

0.05* 20 at 0.2 

132 x 153 x 312 

* according to DIN 12876, measured in 12-litre stainless steel bath. 

E & OE. 



Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 320 

9.857 321 

9.857 322 

9.857 323 

9.857 324 

9.857 325 

9.857 326 

9.857 327 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 340 

9.857 341 

9.857 342 

9.857 343 

9.857 344 

9.857 345 

9.857 346 

9.857 347 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.699 102 

9.699 109


1 

Thermostatic baths with polycarbonate tanks 

The transparent polycarbonate baths are suitable for use up to 100°C. An Immersion 

Thermostat is mounted on the bath bridge for all models. With a pump adapter, this 

combination can also be used with external, closed applications. Models with the CC-Pilot controller have a variable 

speed pressure/suction pump and are therefore also suitable for external open applications. 

Temperature max.: 100°C 

Stability at 70 ° C to DIN12876 

MPC-E: 0.05K 

CC-E: 0.01K 


Bath depth: 150mm 

Type Bath 

capacity 

CC-106A 

MPC-106A 

CC-108A 

MPC-108A 

CC-110A 

MPC-110A 

CC-112A 

MPC-112A 

CC-118A 

MPC-118A 

2 

1 

Bath 

opening 

Pressure pump 

cap. 

L mm L/min bar mm 

6 

6 

8 

8 

10 

10 

12 

12 

18 

18 

130 x 110 

130 x 110 

130 x 210 

130 x 210 

130 x 310 

130 x 310 

303 x 161 

303 x 161 

303 x 321 

303 x 321 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Thermostatic baths with stainless steel tanks 

147 x 307 x 330 

147 x 307 x 330 

147 x 407 x 330 

147 x 407 x 330 

147 x 507 x 330 

147 x 507 x 330 

333 x 360 x 335 

333 x 360 x 335 

333 x 520 x 335 

333 x 520 x 335 

The insulated stainless steel baths are suitable for use up to 200°C. All models have a bridge-mounted CC-E and 

MPC-E Immersion Thermostat. With a pump adapter, this combination can also be used with external*, closed 

applications. Models with the CC-Pilot controller have a variable speed pressure/suction pump and are therefore also 

suitable for external open applications. 

Stability to DIN 12876: 

Type CC: 0.02K 

Type MPC: 0.05K 

Max. temp.: 200°C 


Type Bath 

capacity 

CC-208B 

MPC-208B 

CC-212B 

MPC-212B 

CC-215B 

MPC-215B 

CC-220B 

MPC-220B 

CC-225B 

MPC-225B 

Bath 

opening 

Bath tank 

depth 

Pressure pump 

cap. 

L mm mm L/min bar mm 

8.5 

8.5 

12 

12 

15 

15 

20 

20 

25 

25 

*with option level control 

230 x 127 

230 x 127 

290 x 152 

290 x 152 

290 x 152 

290 x 152 

290 x 329 

290 x 329 

290 x 329 

290 x 329 

150 

150 

150 

150 

200 

200 

150 

150 

200 

200 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

290 x 350 x 375 

290 x 350 x 375 

350 x 375 x 375 

350 x 375 x 375 

350 x 375 x 425 

350 x 375 x 425 

350 x 555 x 375 

350 x 555 x 375 

350 x 555 x 425 

350 x 555 x 425 

E & OE. 




2 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 509 

9.857 474 

9.857 512 

9.857 476 

9.857 513 

9.857 477 

9.857 514 

9.857 478 

9.857 515 

9.857 479 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.699 105 

9.857 425 

9.857 516 

9.857 426 

9.857 517 

9.857 427 

9.857 518 

9.857 428 

9.857 519 

9.857 429 

683

1 



1 

684 

Heating Circulation Thermostats 

Good things come in small packages! Thanks to their low bath volumes the CC-202C 

and CC-205B are especially suitable for controlling the temperature of small external 

applications. The temperature of small objects can also be controlled by placing them directly in the bath. Both 

models have a variable speed pressure/suction pump with variable pressure control (VPC). The maximum working 

temperature is 200°C. 

Temp. control range: (-30) 45 to 200°C 

Stability to DIN 12876: 0.01K 



Heating capacity: 2kW 

Pump 

Pressure max.: 27L/min. at 0.7bar 

Suction max: 25 L/min. at 0.4bar 

Type Bath 

opening 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

mm mm 

CC-202C 25 dia. 178 x 260 x 355 

CC-205B 105 x 90 178 x 337 x 355 

(-30): Range can be extended down to -30°C using accessory external cooling 

2 

Visco-Thermostats 

The “Visco-Thermostats” are designed for capillary viscometery or for density 

measurements. They are constructed from transparent polycarbonate and are suitable 

for temperatures from 20 to 80°C. They have a cooling coil for connection of an external cooler (e.g. a Minichiller). 

The Visco 3-Model features a steel cover to facilitate three measurement inserts of 90 x 90mm. The Visco 5-Model is 

fitted with a steel cover with five, 51mm diameter apertures. 




Type Temp. 

range 

CC-130A Visco 3 

CC-130A Visco 5 

3 

Bath 

opening 

2 

Capacity Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C mm litres mm 

100 max. 

100 max. 

Bridge Thermostats 

90 x 90 

51 dia. 

31 

31 

500 x 205 x 490 

500 x 205 x 490 

Bridge thermostats are suitable for use with a range of baths. The variable speed 

pressure/suction pump with VPC Technology is ideal for external thermoregulation 

applications. Models with wider heating capacities are suitable for larger baths. The telescopic arms supporting the 

thermostats can be extended up to 884mm. 

Type Temp. 

Heating Supply 

Dimensions 

range 

capacity req., 50 Hz (W x D x H) 

°C W V mm 

CC200BX (-20) 28 to 200 

2000 230 

345 x 200 x 326 

CC300BX (-20) 28 to 300 3000 / 4000 230/400 345 x 190 x 392 


E & OE. 


3 


Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.699 103 

9.699 108 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

6.234 611 

6.234 612 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.857 506 

9.857 507


1 

1 

Heating bath circulators 

For temperatures up to 300°C. Extremely compact models have a finely adjustable, 

”vpc“ pressure/suction pump. Pump pressure can be controlled from the user menu, 

using an optional pressure sensor, so protecting your glassware or other delicate apparatus from damage. 

Temp. control range: (-20) 28 to 300°C 


Pump data 


Suction max.: 22L/min. at 0.4bar 

Stability to DIN 12876: 0.02K 

Type Volume Heating Supply 

Dimensions 

capacity req., 50 Hz (W x D x H) 

litres W V mm 

CC-304B 

5.0 

2000 230 

210 x 335 x 392 

CC-308B 8.5 / 5.2* 

3000 230 

242 x 404 x 392 

CC-315B 15 / 8.5* 3000/4000 230/400 335 x 382 x 433 


*using displacement insert 

2 

Refrigerated circulator baths 

Combinations of immersion circulators and insulated refrigeration baths are low-cost 

solutions for direct thermoregulation within the temperature range -20/-30°C to 200°C. 

The refrigeration baths operate with natural refrigerants. A pump adapter (optional) can be fitted for thermoregulation 

of externally closed applications. Models with the CC-Pilot controller have a variable speed pressure/suction pump and 

are therefore suitable for external open thermoregulation applications. The temperature stability is 0.02K for the CCmodels 

and 0.05K for the MPC-models. 

Type Temp.working 

range 

K12-cc-NR 

K12-mpc-NR 

K15-cc-NR 

K15-mpc-NR 

K20-cc-NR 

K20-mpc-NR 

K25-cc-NR 

K25-mpc-NR 

Cooling 


0/-10/-20°C 

Bath 

capacity 

Bath 

opening 

E & OE. 




2 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Pump 

cap. 

°C L mm mm L/min / bar 

-20 to 200 

-20 to 200 

-20 to 200 

-20 to 200 

-30 to 200 

-30 to 200 

-30 to 200 

-30 to 200 

0.2/0.12/0.05 

0.2/0.12/0.05 

0.2/0.12/0.05 

0.2/0.12/0.05 

0.35/0.27/0.16 

0.35/0.27/0.16 

0.35/0.27/0.16 

0.35/0.27/0.16 

12 

12 

15 

15 

20 

20 

25 

25 

290 x 152 

290 x 152 

290 x 152 

290 x 152 

290 x 329 

290 x 329 

290 x 329 

290 x 329 

350 x 560 x 430 

350 x 560 x 430 

350 x 560 x 430 

350 x 560 x 430 

350 x 555 x 615 

350 x 555 x 615 

350 x 555 x 615 

350 x 555 x 615 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

27 at 0.7 

20 at 0.2 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

6.234 076 

7.619 155 

9.857 473 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 371 

9.857 372 

9.857 373 

9.857 374 

9.857 375 

9.857 376 

9.857 377 

9.857 378 

685



1 2 

1 2 

686 

Cooling Circulators, K series 

The K6 models are compact refrigeration bath circulators for temperatures from -25 to 

200°C. These units are a combination of a miniature refrigerated bath and immersion 

circulator CC-E and MPC-E, in combination with a pump adapter they are suitable for external applications. The 

combination with the immersion circulator CC-E or MPC-E with its suction/pressure pump is suitable for externally 

open and closed applications. The temperature stability is better than 0.02 K to DIN 12876. The K6 models and the 

powerful K6s-CC are low cost alternatives to the Ministat 125, the smallest refrigeration circulator in the world and 

bestseller since 1976. 

Temperature stability 

to DIN 12876: 0.02K 



Pressure pump 

K6-cc-NR/K6s-cc-NR: 27L/min at 0.7 bar 

K6-mpc-NR/K6s-mpc-NR: 20L/min at 0.2 bar 

Type Temp. 

range 

K6-cc-NR 

K6-mpc-NR 

K6s-cc-NR 

K6s-mpc-NR 

3 

Bath 

capacity 

Bath 

opening 

Cooling 


0/-10/-20°C 

°C L mm mm 

-25 to 200 

-25 to 200 

-25 to 200 

-25 to 200 

4.5 

4.5 

4.5 

4.5 

Type Temp. 

range 

3 

140 x 120 

140 x 120 

140 x 120 

140 x 120 

0.15/0.1/0.05 

0.15/0.1/0.05 

0.21/0.15/0.05 

0.21/0.15/0.05 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

210 x 400 x 546 

210 x 400 x 546 

210 x 400 x 546 

210 x 400 x 546 

Cooling thermostat for a range of baths variostat cc 

E & OE. 



Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.699 106 

9.857 447 

9.857 577 

9.857 448 

This unique immersion circulator can thermoregulate a wide range of baths between 

Huber 

-30°C and 150°C. This innovative construction allows the user ultimate flexibility. The 

circulation can be adjusted to suit the bath size using the stepless, variable speed suction/pressure pump. The pump 

can also be controlled with an optional pressure sensor for external applications. 

Temperature stability 

to DIN 12876: 0.02K 

Heating capacity: 1 kW 

Pressure pump: 18L/min at 0.6bar 

Bath 

capacity 

Cooling 


100/20/0/-20/-30°C 

PK Cat. No. 

°C L 

variostat cc -30 to 150 variable 0.3/0.3/0.2/0.12/0.03 1 6.232 378


1 

1 

Bath Circulators, ministat 125-cc/230-cc/240-cc 

E & OE. 




Refrigerated, thermostatic, circulator bath with air-cooled refrigeration compressor. With powerful, variable speed, pressure and 

suction pump, stainless steel housing. CFC and H-CFC free. Adjustable overtemperature protection according to DIN 12876. 

Type Temp. 

Heating Cooling Dimensions 

range 

capacity capacity 

kW at 0 °C 

(W x D x H) 

°C W mm 

ministat 125-cc -25 to 150 

1000 0.20 

225 x 370 x 429 

ministat 125w-cc -25 to 150 

1000 0.20 

225 x 370 x 429 


2000 0.38 

225 x 450 x 476 


2000 0.38 

225 x 450 x 476 


2000 0.55 

300 x 465 x 516 


2000 0.55 

300 x 465 x 516 

2 

Compatible Control Refrigerated Circulators to -45°C 

Huber, refrigerated, bath circulators in classic form perform safe and repeatable heating 

and cooling tasks in the lab. Natural refrigerants for environmentally friendly operation 

are available on request. A powerful variable speed pressure/suction pump allows the thermoregulation of objects in 

the bath or external applications. The pump speed is steplessly controlled. In combination with an optional pressure 

sensor the maximum pressure can be controlled. VPC (variable pressure control) ensures the best circulation and 

protects delicate glass apparatus from breakage due to overpressure. Small volume and high heating and cooling 

powers result in the shortest heating and cooling rates. All models have Active Cooling Control for cooling power 

control at the maximum working temperature and an automatic cooling power regulation for energy saving operation 

and reduced heat dissipation into the lab. All models have the CC Pilot control with Plug&Play technology: In the 

event of service the controller can simply be swapped. The CC Pilot can be used as a remote control (with data 

cable). The wide ranging functionality is supported by a large TFT display and simple operation. Huber refrigeration 

circulators can be equipped with a Combox to Namur standard enabling integration in a process control system. 

Typical applications for these classics are the thermoregulation of externally closed circulation systems, e.g. 

photometers, refractometers, viscosimeters, double-jacketed reactors and autoclaves. 

Specifications 

Pump data 

max. Pressure: 33L/min. at 0.7bar 

max. Suction: 22L/min. at 0.4bar 

Temp. stability acc. to DIN12876: 0.02K 

Type Temp. 

range 

CC-405 

CC-405w 

CC-410wl 

CC-415 

CC-415wl 

Volume, Heating 

capacity 

°C litres W 

-40 to 200 

-40 to 200 

-45 to 200 

-40 to 200 

-40 to 200 


5 

5 

22 / 8.5* 

5 

5 

1500 

1500 

3000 

1500 

1500 

Cooling capacity 

KW at 

100/20/0/-20/-30/-40°C 

0.7/0.7/0.7/0.45/0.18/0.03 

0.7/0.7/0.7/0.45/0.18/0.03 

0.8/0.8/0.8/0.5/0.15/0.1 

1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.2/0.05 

1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.2/0.05 

2 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

7.635 266 

6.235 633 

6.232 424 

6.233 587 

7.619 949 

6.233 762 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 495 

9.857 496 

9.857 497 

6.233 023 

9.857 499 

687

1 



Type Temp. 

range 

CC-505 

CC-505wl 

CC-510 

CC-510w 

CC-515 

CC-515w 

CC-520w 

CC-525w 

688 

°C litres 

-50 to 200 

-50 to 200 

-50 to 100 

-50 to 100 

-55 to 100 

-55 to 100 

-55 to 100 

-55 to 100 


2 

Type Temp. 

range 

CC-805 

CC-815 

CC-820 

CC-820w 

CC-905 

CC-905w 

CC-906w 

1 

Cryostats, to -55°C 

Compact design and high cooling capacity at low temperatures. 


CC-505/CC-505wl: 1.5kW 

CC-510 to CC-525w: 3.0kW 

Pump data CC-505/CC-505wl 

max. pressure: 33L/min./0.7bar 

max. suction: 22L/min./0.4bar 

Pump data CC-510 to CC-525w 

max. pressure: 31L/min /0.6bar 

max. suction: 24L/min /0.35bar 

Supply requirement 

CC-505/CC-505wl: 230V/50Hz 

CC-510 to CC-525w: 400V/50Hz 

Temp. stability acc. to DIN 12876: ±0.02K 

Volume, Cooling capacity KW at 

100/20/0/-20/-40°C 

5 

5 

18 / 11* 

18 / 11* 

26 / 15* 

18 / 11* 

17 / 10* 

17 / 10* 

1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.15 

1.2/1.2/1.0/0.6/0.15 

2.1/2.1/2.1/1.0/0.4 

2.4/2.4/2.4/1.0/0.4 

3.3/3.3/3.3/1.6/0.6 

3.3/3.3/3.3/1.6/0.6 

5.0/5.0/5.0/3.0/1.5 

7.0/7.0/5.0/3.0/1.5 

2 

Volume, Heating 

capacity 

°C litres W 

-80 to 100 

-85 to 100 

-80 to 100 

-80 to 100 

-90 to 100 

-90 to 100 

-90 to 200 


5 

5 

17 / 10* 

17 / 10* 

26 / 15* 

26 / 15* 

26 / 15* 

Compatible Control Refrigerated Circulators to -90°C 

The CC-805 is a low cost alternative for low temperature applications when low power is 

required. 

Pump data CC-805: 

max. pressure: 33L/min at 0.7bar 

max. suction: 22L/min at 0.4bar 

Pump data CC-820 to CC-906w: 

max. pressure: 31L/min at 0.6bar 

max. suction: 24L/min at 0.35bar 

Supply requirement: 400V 50Hz 

CC-815: 230V 50Hz 

Temp. stability acc. to DIN 12876: ±0.02 K 

1500 

1500 

3000 

3000 

3000 

3000 

3000 

Cooling capacity KW at 

100/20/0/-20/-40/-60°C 

0.5/0.5/0.5/0.4/0.3/0.3 

1.0/1.0/1.0/0.8/0.75/0.6 

1.2/1.2/1.2/1.1/0.9/0.6 

1.2/1.2/1.2/1.1/0.9/0.6 

2.0/2.0/2.0/1.9/1.7/1.0 

2.0/2.0/2.0/1.9/1.7/1.0 

3.0/3.0/3.0/2.8/2.4/1.6 

E & OE. 



Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 460 

9.857 461 

9.857 462 

9.857 463 

9.857 464 

9.857 465 

9.857 466 

9.857 467 

Huber 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 441 

9.857 444 

9.857 442 

9.857 443 

9.857 445 

9.857 446 

9.857 449


1 

Refrigerated Baths 

The refrigerated baths K12 to K25 use natural refrigerants. The immersion circulator 

controls the temperature. In combination with an immersion circulator, these 

refrigerated baths can cover the complete temperature range. The refrigeration system offers active cooling, in 

continuous operation over the complete working range. 

Temp. control range: 

K12-NR/K15-NR: -20 to 200°C 

K20-NR/K25-NR: -30 to 200°C 

Type Bath 

capacity 

K12-NR 

K15-NR 

K20-NR 

K25-NR 

2 

Bath tank 

depth 

Bath 

opening 

Cooling 


0/-10/-20°C 

L mm mm mm 

12 

15 

20 

25 

150 

200 

150 

200 

290 x 320 

290 x 320 

290 x 500 

290 x 500 

Beer Forced Ageing Test Thermostats 

0.18/0.1/0.05 

0.2/0.12/0.05 

0.35/0.27/0.16 

0.35/0.27/0.16 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

350 x 560 x 263 

350 x 560 x 263 

350 x 555 x 448 

350 x 555 x 448 

E & OE. 




We offer a special air or water cooled thermostat unit for the Beer Forced Ageing Test. 

Huber 

Both models are equipped with a comfortable programmer for the standard adjustment 

between 0°C and 60°C within a 24 hour cycle. The BFT 2 is for 20 bottles in the Original Eurobox. The CFC free units 

comply with the safety class FL, III. All models comply with Safety Class FL, III. The housing and bath are made 

entirely of stainless steel. 

Dimensions (WxDxH): 

BFT1/BFT1w: 420 x 565 x 719mm 

BFT2/BFT2w: 670 x 715 x 1105mm 

BFT4: 540 x 605 x 801mm 

Type Temp. 

range 

BFT1 

BFT1w 

BFT2 

BFT2w 

BFT4 

3 

Bath 

opening 

Bath tank 

depth 

Heating 

capacity 

°C mm mm W 

0 to 80 

0 to 80 

0 to 80 

0 to 80 

0 to 80 

Thread adapters 

280 x 280 

280 x 280 

530 x 400 

530 x 400 

300 x 400 

150 

150 

360 

360 

300 

2000 

2000 

3000 

3000 

2000 

Cooling 

capacity 

kW 

at 20 °C 


M16x1 male - M16x1 male 

M16x1 female - M16x1 female 

M16x1 male - ½" male 

M16x1 male - ½" female 

M16x1 female - ½" male 

M16x1 female - ½" female 

M16x1 male - ¾" female 

M16x1 female - ¾" female 

M16x1 female - M30x1.5 male 

M16x1 male - M30x1.5 male 

M16x1male - M30x1.5 female 

M24x1.5 female - M16x1 male 

M24x1.5 female - ¾" NPT female 

M24x1.5 male - M16x1 female 

M24x1.5 male - ½" female 

M24x1.5 female - ½" male 

M24x1.5 male - M24x1.5 male 

M30x1.5 male - M30x1.5 male 

M30x1.5 female - 3/8" male 

M30x1.5 male - ½" male 

M30x1.5 male - ½" female 

M30x1.5 female - ½" male 

M30x1.5 female - ½" female 

M30x1.5 male - ¾" male 

M30x1.5 male - ¾" female 

M30x1.5 female - ¾" NPT male 

M30x1.5 female - ¾" female 

M30x1.5 male - 1" male 

M30x1.5 female - 1" female 

½" female - ½" female 

½" female - ¾" NTP female 

M38x1.5 female - 1" NPT male 

M38x1.5 female - M30x1.5 male 

M38x1.5 female - ¾" male 

1.0 

1.0 

2.5 

2.5 

0.35 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

Huber 

9.857 176 

9.857 177 

9.857 178 

9.857 179 

9.857 180 

9.857 181 

9.857 182 

9.857 183 

9.857 184 

9.857 185 

9.857 186 

6.227 404 

9.857 209 

9.857 210 

9.857 211 

9.857 212 

9.857 213 

9.857 187 

9.857 188 

9.857 189 

9.857 190 

9.857 191 

9.857 192 

9.857 193 

9.857 194 

9.857 208 

9.857 195 

9.857 196 

9.857 197 

9.857 198 

9.857 199 

9.857 200 

9.857 201 

9.857 202 

1 

2 

3 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 487 

9.857 488 

9.857 489 

9.857 494 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 420 

9.857 421 

9.857 422 

9.857 423 

9.857 424 

689



1 

690 

1 

Accessories M16x1 

E & OE. 



Accessories PK Cat. No. 

Hose connector NW 8 

Hose connector NW 12 

Blank plug 

Nut 

Micro hose connector NW 3.2 

Connector 90° 

Ball valve 

2-way Header 

3-way Header 

4-way Header 

5-way Header 

2-way Valve System 




2 

2 

Adjustable Electronic Peltier Thermostat PT 31 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Huber 

9.857 145 

9.857 146 

9.857 147 

9.857 148 

9.857 149 

9.857 150 

9.857 151 

9.857 152 

9.857 153 

9.857 154 

9.857 206 

9.857 155 

9.857 156 

9.857 157 

9.857 207 

This electronic water-bath thermostat with Peltier element is a versatile, 

A. Krüss Optronic 

high-performance instrument . In one application, for example, it can be used to set the 

correct refractometer temperature. It is extremely robust, compact and easy to operate. Thanks to its small footprint 

it does not take up valuable space in the laboratory. 


Temperature range: 8° to 40°C, adjustable 

Accuracy of temperature: ±0.2°C 

Resolution: 0.1°C 

Pump performance: 20 l/h 

Max. pump pressure: 2000 Pa 

Cooling power: 15 W 

Heating power: 30 W 

Power supply: 115 - 230 V a.c. 

Dimensions (WxDxH): 80 x 140 x 210 mm 

Weight: 1.5 kg 


PT31 1 9.841 515


1 Hose connection tubing, metal 

Insulated. 

Type Ext. 

diam. 

NW 12 M16 x 1 

NW 12 M16 x 1 

NW 12 M16 x 1 

NW 12 M16 x 1 

NW 12 M16 x 1 

NW 12 M16 x 1 

NW 12 M16 x 1 

NW 12 M16 x 1 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

NW 12 M24 x 1.5 

NW 20 M30 x 1.5 

NW 20 M30 x 1.5 

NW 20 M30 x 1.5 

NW 20 M30 x 1.5 

NW 25 M38 x 1.5 

NW 25 M38 x 1.5 

NW 25 M38 x 1.5 

NW 25 M38 x 1.5 

2 

Temp.working 

mm 

range 

°C cm 

33 -50 to 200 

100 

33 -50 to 200 

150 

33 -50 to 200 

200 

33 -50 to 200 

300 

44 -100 to 350 

100 

44 -100 to 350 

150 

44 -100 to 350 

200 

44 -100 to 350 

300 

44 -100 to 350 

100 

44 -100 to 350 

150 

44 -100 to 350 

200 

44 -100 to 350 

300 

56 -120 to 400 

100 

56 -120 to 400 

150 

56 -120 to 400 

200 

56 -120 to 400 

300 

56 -100 to 350 

100 

56 -100 to 350 

150 

56 -100 to 350 

200 

56 -100 to 350 

300 

63 -100 to 350 

100 

63 -100 to 350 

150 

63 -100 to 350 

200 

63 -100 to 350 

300 

Huber 

Length PK Cat. No. 

Thermoregulators Economy ED, EH, TopTech MB, MC and ME 

For thermoregulation of bath tanks up to 50 litres. With bath attachment clamp for wall 

thicknesses up to 26 mm or retort stand mounting using accessory rod. 

E & OE. 




1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 214 

9.857 215 

9.857 216 

9.857 217 

9.857 121 

9.857 122 

9.857 045 

9.857 124 

9.857 218 

6.229 781 

9.857 219 

9.857 220 

9.857 046 

9.857 047 

9.857 048 

9.857 049 

9.857 125 

9.857 126 

9.857 127 

9.857 128 

9.857 129 

9.857 130 

9.857 131 

9.857 132 

Economy ED series 

- Bright LED temperature display for actual and setpoint values, resolution 0.1°C 

- Keypad for setpoint, switches automatically to the actual value 

- PID1 temperature control 

- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1 for non-flammable liquids, DIN 

12876-1) 

Economy EH series 

- Enhanced temperature range up to +150°C 

- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3 for flamable liquids, DIN 12876-1) 

TopTech MB series 

- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump stage 

- PID2 temperature control with drift compensation 

- ATC3 3-Point-Calibration 

- Early warning system for low liquid level 

- RS232 interface 

- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1 for non-flammable liquids, DIN 

12876-1) 

TopTech MC series - as TopTech MB, but additionally with: 

- PPC (Pump Pressure Control), electronically adjustable pump capacity 

- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3 for flamable liquids, DIN 12876-1) 

TopTech ME series - as TopTech MC, but additionally with: 

- VFD Comfort Display, resolution 0.1°C 

- Pt100 External sensor connection 

- Integral programmer for 10 programme steps 

Type Temp. 

range 

Economy ED 

Economy EH 

TopTech MB 

TopTech MC 

TopTech ME 

Temp. 

stability 

Pump 

cap. 

°C ± °C L/min / bar 

20 to 100 

20 to 150 

20 to 100 

20 to 200 

20 to 200 

0.03 

0.03 

0.02 

0.01 

0.031 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

10 at 0.12 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

JULABO 

1 

2 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.858 003 

9.858 000 

9.858 001 

9.858 002 

9.858 004 

691

1 



692 

1 

Circulator baths, Economy ED, EH series and TopTech MB, MC series 

Open bath circulator for internal and external temperature tasks directly in the bath. 

Working temperature ranges: 

- with stainless steel bath tank: up to 100°C (without suffix) 

- with Plexiglas bath tank up to 60°C (Suffix 'A') 

- with Makrolon bath tank up to 100°C (Suffix 'M') 





- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1) 


- Extended temperature range up to +150°C 

- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3) 


- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and set-point values, warning/safety functions and pump status 





Type Temp. 

range 

Economy ED-5A 

Economy ED-5M 

Economy ED-5 

Economy EH-5 

Economy EH-13 

Economy EH-19 

Economy EH-27 

Economy EH-33 

Economy EH-39 

TopTech MB-5A 


TopTech MB-5M 

TopTech MB-5 

Temp. 

stability 

Pump 

cap. 

°C ± °C L/min / bar L 

20 to 60 

20 to 100 

20 to 100 

20 to 150 

20 to 150 

20 to 150 

20 to 150 

20 to 150 

20 to 150 

20 to 60 

20 to 60 

20 to 100 

20 to 100 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

E & OE. 



JULABO 

Capacity PK Cat. No. 

5 

5 

4.5 

4.5 

13 

19 

27 

33 

39 

5 

7 

5 

4.5 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.858 037 

9.857 812 

9.858 032 

9.858 036 

9.858 056 

9.858 057 

9.858 058 

9.858 059 

9.858 060 

9.858 034 

9.858 035 

9.857 820 

9.858 031


1 

Circulator Baths, Economy ED and TopTech MB series 

Open bath circulators only for lower temperature range tasks performed internally, 

directly in the bath. 

Working temperature ranges: 

- with stainless steel bath tank : up to 100°C (without suffix) 

- with Plexiglas bath tank up to 60°C (Suffix 'A') 

- with Makrolon bath tank up to 100°C (Suffix 'M') 





- Adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection 


- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump status 





Type Temp. 

range 

Economy ED-5A/B 

Economy ED-7A/B 

Economy ED-5M/B 

Economy ED-13A 

Economy ED-19A 

Economy ED-13M 

Economy ED-19M 

Economy ED-13 

Economy ED-19 

Economy ED-27 

Economy ED-33 






Temp. 

stability 

Pump 

cap. 

°C ± °C L/min / bar L 

20 to 60 

20 to 60 

20 to 100 

20 to 60 

20 to 60 

20 to 100 

20 to 100 

20 to 100 

20 to 100 

20 to 100 

20 to 100 

20 to 60 

20 to 60 

20 to 100 

20 to 100 

20 to 100 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

10 at 0.12 

E & OE. 




JULABO 


5 

7 

5 

13 

19 

13 

19 

13 

19 

27 

33 

13 

19 

13 

17 

19 

We can supply this 

manufactorer’s 

whole 

product range ! 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 804 

9.857 805 

9.857 806 

9.858 028 

9.858 029 

9.857 807 

9.857 808 

9.858 016 

9.858 017 

9.858 010 

9.857 810 

9.858 025 

9.858 030 

9.858 011 

9.858 020 

9.858 012 

693

1 



Type Temp. 

range 

TopTech MC-4 




TopTech ME-4 




HighTech HE-4 

HighTech SE-6 



HighTech HL-4 

HighTech SL-6 



694 

1 Heating circulator baths, TopTech and HighTech series 

with pressure pump 

E & OE. 



Principally for temperature control of external systems. Models with pressure and 

JULABO 

suction pump generally have a higher capacity and can be used for larger and open 

circuit systems. Smaller vessels can be thermoregulated directly in the bath tank. For working at lower temperature 

ranges the cooling coil is integrated. 

TopTech MC series 

- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump status 

- PID2, temperature control with drift compensation 

- ATC3, 3-point calibration 

- early warning system for low liquid level 



TopTech ME series - as TopTech MC, but with additional: 


- Pt100 external sensor connection 

HighTech HE, SE series - as TopTech ME, but with additional: 

- ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimising temperature control 

- powerful pressure and suction pump. Pressure 0.4 to 0.7 bar, Suction 0.2 to 0.4 bar 

HighTech HL, SL series - as HighTech HE, SE, but with additional: 

- LCD Dialogue Display for convenient interactive operation 

- TCF Temperature Control Features to optimise control behaviour 

- integral programmer for 6 x 60 programme steps 

- connections for solenoid valve and HSP booster pump 

Temp. 

stability 

Pump 

cap. 

°C ± °C L/min / bar bar 

20 to 200 

20 to 200 

20 to 200 

20 to 200 

20 to 200 

20 to 200 

20 to 200 

20 to 200 

20 to 250 

20 to 300 

20 to 300 

20 to 300 

20 to 250 

20 to 300 

20 to 300 

20 to 300 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

Suction PK Cat. No. 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.858 041 

9.857 828 

9.858 043 

9.857 830 

9.857 831 

9.857 824 

9.857 832 

9.857 833 

9.858 044 

9.858 049 

9.858 047 

9.858 048 

9.858 050 

9.858 054 

9.858 051 

9.858 052


E & OE. 




1 Refrigerated circulator baths, Economy ED, EH series, TopTech MB, MC, ME and 1 

HighTech HE, HL series 

For temperature control of external closed circuit systems, such as photometers, refractometers, viscometers etc. 

Smaller objects can be thermoregulated directly in the bath tank. 


- bright LED temperature display for actual and setpoint values, resolution 0.1°C 

- keypad for setpoint, switches automatically to the actual value 


- adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1 for non-flammable liquids, DIN 

12876-1) 


- extended temperature range up to +150°C 

- adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3 for flamable liquids, DIN 12876-1) 


- Multi-Display (LED) for actual and setpoint values, warning/safety functions and pump stage 



- early warning system for low liquid level 


- adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 1 for non-flammable liquids, DIN 

12876-1) 

TopTech MC series - as TopTech MB, but additionally with: 


- adjustable high temperature cut-out/dry-running protection (protection class 3 for flamable liquids, DIN 12876-1) 

TopTech ME series - as TopTech MC, but additionally with: 


- Pt100 external sensor connection 

- integral programmer for 10 programme steps 

HighTech HE series - as TopTech ME, but additionally with: 

- ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimizing temperature control 

- powerful pressure and suction pump, capacity max. 1.1 bar, electronically adjustable 

HighTech HL series - as HighTech HE, but additionally with: 

- LCD Dialogue Display, backlit for convenient interactive operation 




Type Temp. 

range 

Economy F12-ED 

Economy F25-ED* 

Economy F26-ED** 

Economy F34-ED 

Economy F12-EH 





TopTech F12-MC 


TopTech F25-ME* 

TopTech F26-ME** 

* Compact units 

**Low-profile design 

Temp. 

stability 

Cooling capacity kW 

at 20/0/-20°C 

Pump 

cap. 


-20 to +100 

-28 to +100 

-28 to +100 

-30 to +100 

-20 to +150 

-28 to +150 

-35 to +150 

-30 to +150 

-35 to +80 

-20 to +200 

-28 to +200 

-20 to +200 

-28 to +200 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.03 

0.05 

0.02 

0.02 

0.01 

0.01 

562 

0.16/0.1/0.02 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.16/0.1/0.02 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.92/0.66/0.32 

0.16/0.1/0.02 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

0.26/0.2/0.06 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

541 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 841 

9.858 062 

9.857 844 

9.858 075 

9.857 843 

9.857 842 

9.857 846 

9.857 847 

9.857 848 

9.857 850 

9.858 061 

9.857 849 

9.858 066 

545 123 

695



1 2 3 4 

series 

Type Temp. 

range 




TopTech FP35-MC 

TopTech F32-ME 



HighTech F25-HE 



HighTech F25-HL 




HighTech FP35-HL 


5 

1 2 3 4 

696 

E & OE. 



Refrigerated circulator baths, Economy ED, EH, TopTech MB, MC, ME series and HighTech HE, HL 

Temp. 

stability 


at 20/0/-20°C 

Pump 

cap. 


-35 to 200 

-30 to 200 

-30 to 150 

-35 to 150 

-35 to 200 

-30 to 200 

-30 to 150 

-28 to 200 

-35 to 200 

-30 to 150 

-28 to 200 

-35 to 200 

-30 to 200 

-30 to 150 

-35 to 150 

-30 to 150 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0,01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0,03 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.50/0.32/0.12 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.50/0.32/0.12 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.26/0.20/0.06 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.26/0.20/0.06 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0.50/0.32/0.12 

0.45/0.32/0.14 

0.45/0.39/0.15 

0,5/0,32/0,12 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

15 at 0,35 

JULABO 


- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

- 

Refrigerated circulator baths Economy ED, EH series, TopTech MB, MC, ME and HighTech HE, HL series 

Type Temp. 

range 



TopTech FP40-ME 

TopTech FP50-ME 

HighTech FP40-HE 






FP-models: air-cooled 

5 

Temp. 

stability 


at 20/0/-20/-40°C 

Pump 

cap. 


-40 to 200 

-50 to 200 

-40 to 200 

-50 to 200 

-40 to 200 

-42 to 200 

-50 to 200 

-40 to 200 

-42 to 200 

-50 to 200 

0.02 

0.02 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.01 

0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 

0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 

0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 

0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 

0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 

0.85/0.7/0.42/0.08 

0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 

0.68/0.5/0.32/0.04 

0.85/0.7/0.42/0.08 

0.9/0.8/0.5/0.16 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.858 069 

9.858 078 

9.858 074 

9.857 856 

9.857 857 

9.857 858 

9.857 859 

9.858 063 

9.858 071 

9.857 867 

9.858 064 

9.858 072 

9.857 870 

9.858 085 

9.857 872 

6.230 445 

JULABO 


- 

- 

- 

- 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.858 080 

9.858 081 

9.857 862 

9.857 863 

9.858 455 

9.858 458 

9.858 456 

9.857 878 

9.858 459 

9.858 460


E & OE. 




1 Refrigerated circulator baths series Economy and HighTech 

1 

The new CF series offers compact refrigerated/heating circulators. With small overall dimensions the units can even be 

placed on a very small surface or within a complex installation. All models offer a heating capacity of 2 kW and safety 

class 3 according to DIN12876-1. The maximum ambient temperature of +40°C as well as ventilated air cooling allow 

the units to be positioned very closely together, with other units or directly under a fume hood. Furthermore all the 

models feature pump connections for external temperature applications and a bath opening for temperature control of 

small objects directly in the circulator bath. Wetted parts are made of high quality stainless steel or plastic. The 

instruments incorporate reliable Microprocessor electronics offering high temperature stability as well as warning and 

safety functions. 

Economy line CF30, CF40 

- Ergonomic design and easy operation 

- Compact dimensions require minimal space 

- Splash-proof keypad 

- Large, bright LED temperature display 

- Precise PID temperature control 

- RS232 interface for PC connection 

- Adjustable high temperature cut-out 

- Classification 3 according to DIN12876-1 

- Pump connections for external temperature applications 

- Bath opening for temperature control of small objects in the bath 

- Front drain 

HighTech line CF31, CF41 

Generally as Economy line but additionally with: 

- Bright VFD display and interactive LCD dialogue display 

- Highly precise ICC cascade temperature control 

- RS232/RS485 interface for PC connection 

- Electronically adjustable pump output 

- External Pt100 sensor connection 

- Integrated programmer with 6x60 program steps 


- 3-point calibration 

- TCF Temperature Control Features 

Type Temp. 

range 

CF30 

CF40 

CF31 

CF41 

Temp. 

stability 


at 20/0/-20°C 

Pump 

cap. 


-30 to 150 

-40 to 150 

-30 to 200 

-40 to 200 

0.03 

0.03 

0.02 

0.02 

562 

0.32 / 0.25 / 0.15 

0.47 / 0.4 / 0.28 

0.32 / 0.25 / 0.15 

0.47 / 0.4 / 0.28 

15 at 0.35 

15 at 0.35 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

541 


- 

- 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.858 086 

9.858 087 

9.858 088 

9.858 089 

545 123 

697

1 



Type Temp. 

range 

F70-ME 

F81-ME 

F81-HL 

F95-SL 

FW95-SL 

FP52-SL 

FPW52-SL 

FP55-SL 

FPW55-SL 

FP90-SL 

FPW90-SL 

FPW91-SL 

FP51-SL 

698 

Temp. 

stability 

E & OE. 



1 Ultra-low refrigerated, Circulator Baths TopTech ME series and HighTech HL, SL 

series 

Ultra-low refrigerated, circulators suitable for external heating and cooling tasks. 

JULABO 

Powerful circulating pump systems and high heating and cooling capacities guarantee 

short heat-up and cooling times. The inevitable dust accumulation that occurs in refrigeration systems is solved by 

means of an easily removed, vent grille. The units are equipped with handles or castors for easy manoeuvring. All 

models have a drain tap on the front, allowing the fluid to be emptied easily. Additionally the instruments are 

equipped with improved insulation to help avoid ice-formation, and have a visual liquid level display. 

TopTech ME series 


- keypad for setpoints, warning/safety values and menu functions 

- PID3 cascade temperature control 


- Pt100 external sensor connection for measurement and control 


- early warning system for low liquid level (DBGM 203 06 059.8) 

- adjustable high temperature cut-out, visible via display 


- integral programmer for 10 programme steps 

- Active Cooling Control 

HighTech HL, SL series - as TopTech ME series, but with additional 

- LCD Dialogue Display, backlit for convenient interactive operation 

- ICC (Intelligent Cascade Control), self-optimising temperature control 


- RS232/RS485 interface 




20/0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C 

Pump 

cap. 


-70 to 100 

-81 to 100 

-81 to 100 

-95 to 0 

-95 to 0 

-60 to 100 

-60 to 100 

-55 to 100 

-60 to 100 

-90 to 100 

-90 to 100 

-91 to 100 

-51 to 200 


FPW-models: water-cooled 

0.02 

0.02 

0.02 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.20 

0.05 

0.34/0.22/0.17/0.13/0.07/-- 

0.45/0.38/0.36/0.32/0.27/0.07 

0.45/0.38/0.36/0.32/0.27/0.07 

--/1.7/1.5/1.3/1.1/0.36 

--/1.7/1.5/1.3/1.1/0.36 

3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65/0.1/-- 

3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65/0.1/-- 

5.2/4.1/2.2/0.7/0.13/-- 

5.5/4.1/2.2/1.0/0.13/-- 

1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75/0.15 

1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75/0.15 

5.2/4.7/4.0/3.5/2.3/0.8 

2.0/1.5/1.0/0.26/-- 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

11 to 16 at 0.23 to 0.45 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22-26 at 0.4-0.7 



whole 



- 

- 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.858 462 

9.858 463 

9.858 476 

9.857 888 

9.857 889 

9.858 466 

9.858 467 

9.858 479 

9.858 465 

9.858 473 

9.858 474 

9.857 898 

9.858 464


1 Ultra-low refrigerated circulator baths 

with extended temperature range 

Type Temp. 

range 

FP52-SL 

FPW52-SL 

FP55-SL 

FPW55-SL 

FP90-SL 

FPW90-SL 


FPW-models: water-cooled 

2 

1 

Temp. 

stability 


20/0/-20/-40/-60/-80°C 

Pump 

cap. 


-60 to 150 

-60 to 150 

-55 to 150 

-60 to 150 

-90 to 150 

-90 to 150 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

0.05 

Flow coolers, FL series 

3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65 /0.1/-- 

3.0/2.8/1.6/0.65 /0.1/-- 

5.2/4.1/2.2/0.7/0.13/-- 

5.5/4.1/2.2/1.0 / 0.13/-- 

1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75 /0.15 

1.8/1.7/1.6/1.35/0.75 /0.15 

E & OE. 




22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

22 to 26 at 0.4 to 0.7 

- Working temperature range covers -20°C to +40°C, the temperature stability of the 

PID control is ±0.5°C 

- splash-proof keypad with integral mains switch 

- large, bright LED display 

- reliable Microprocessor PID temperature control 

- filling level indicator 

- powerful immersion pumps, suitable for continuous operation 

- permissible temperature within return line: +80°C max. 

- easy filling from the top with hinged protective lid 

- low liquid level protection with visual and audible alarm signal 

- stainless steel bath tanks 

- removable venting grille for cleaning of the condenser 

- front drain 

- no side vents 

- RS232 interface for PC connection 

- IP class according to IEC 529: IP21 

- pressure indicator 

- adjustable bypass for pump pressure 

Type Temp. 

range 

FL300 

FL601 

FL1201 

FL1203 

FL1701 

Fl1703 

FL2503 

Fl2506 

FL4003 

FL4006 

FL7006 

FL11006 

Temp. 

stability 

Cooling 


Pressure Flow 

rate 

°C ± °C 20/0/-10°C bar L / min. 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-15 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.3 / 0.2 / 0.15 

0.6 / 0.4 / 0.33 

1.2 / 0.9 / 0.6 

1.2 / 0.8 / 0.5 

1.7 / 1.1 / 0.85 

1.7 / 1.0 / 0.75 

2.5 / 1.5 / 1.2 

2.5 / 1.0 / 0.3 

4.0 / 2.4 / 1.5 

4.0 / 1.9 / 0.9 

7.0 / 5.1 / 3.0 

11.0 / 7.5 / 5.0 

0.35 

1.0 

1.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

1.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

15 

23 

23 

40 

23 

40 

40 

60 

40 

60 

60 

60 

JULABO 


0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

0.2 to 0.4 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.857 899 

9.857 900 

9.857 901 

9.857 902 

9.857 903 

9.857 904 

JULABO 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.698 530 

9.698 531 

9.698 532 

9.698 533 

9.698 534 

9.698 535 

9.698 536 

9.698 537 

9.698 538 

9.698 539 

9.698 540 

9.698 541 

699



1 2 

3 4 

1 2 3 4 

Forte HT30-M1 and Forte HT60-M2 

700 

High Temperature Circulators 

Julabo High Temperature Circulators have a compact, closed design and are ideally suited for wide working temperature ranges. 

- rapid heating 

- high pump capacity, reducible via adapter 

- small footprint 

- minimal filling volume 

- cooling water connections for applications at particularly high temperatures (cooling zone in unit) 

- wide working temperature range without changing bath fluids 

- avoids oxidation and cracking of the bath fluid. This ensures a prolonged lifetime of the bath fluids recommended by Julabo 

- can be easily integrated into a miniplant installation 

- time-saving filling process for the entire system with permanent air purge 

Forte HT30-M1 and Forte HT60-M2 with C.U. cooling unit 

E & OE. 



Using the optional C.U. cooling unit, the working temperature range can be further extended downwards. Additionally a high cooling capacity is available if 

constant tap water cooling is carried out. 

- temperature applications from +40°C with controlled tap water cooling 

- rapid cooling to low temperature values 

- dynamic control characteristics: Automatic control of exothermic reactions in the connected system 

Type Temp. 

range 

Forte HT30-M1 

Forte HT60-M2 

Forte HT30-M1-C.U. 

Forte HT60-M2-C.U. 

Temp. 

stability 

Heating 

capacity, kW 

Pump 

cap. 


+70 to +400 

+70 to +400 

+40 to +400 

+40 to +400 

±0.01 to ± 0.1 

±0.01 to ±0.1 

±0.01 to ± 0.1 

±0.01 to ± 0.1 

3 

7 

3 

7 

14 - 18 at 0.8 - 1.2 

14 - 18 at 0.8 - 1.2 

14 - 18 at 0.8 - 1.2 

14 - 18 at 0.8 - 1.2 

JULABO 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.858 400 

6.300 656 

6.222 575 

9.858 404


1 2 3 

WirelessTEMP 

Wireless monitoring and control of Julabo temperature control instruments via PC or 

remote control 

The 'WirelessTEMP' series of products gives you a variety of ways to communicate with up to eight Julabo 

temperature control instruments using a PC or Julabo 'Remote Control'. 'WirelessTEMP' works with virtually all Julabo 

instruments equipped with an RS232 interface. 

Intelligent technology makes it easy to get started. Just switch on the system and connections will be established 

automatically. With 'WirelessTEMP Configurator' software, users can even set up complex networks with several 

separate, independent groups of instruments (PAN's). This enables disturbance-free operation in neighbouring 

laboratories. 

- wireless monitoring and control of Julabo temperature control instruments 

- wireless transmission and display of parameters, such as set points, actual values, output, warning messages and 

error messages from large distances 

- communication with up to eight Julabo temperature control instruments 

Benefits: 

- a convenient way to operate Julabo instruments from your workstation 

- spend less time and resources monitoring the instruments 

- greater flexibility in choosing location for the instrument 

- cost reduction, as the hassle of running cables is eliminated 

- ideal solution as ”Remote Display” for your application 

- works with virtually all Julabo temperature control instruments with RS232 interface 

Remote Control Handy remote control unit for display and control of up to eight Julabo 

instruments 

Transmitter Send/receive module for JULABO temperature control instruments with RS232 

interface 

Wireless PC USB Stick Send/receive module for PC´s with USB interface 

Router Extends wireless range 

E & OE. 




JULABO 


Remote Control 

Remote Control 

Transmitter 

Wireless PC USB Stick 

Router 

Flow coolers, FL series, with watercooled chiller 

Type Temp. 

range 

FLW1701 

FLW1703 

FLW2503 

FLW2506 

FLW4003 

FLW4006 

FLW7006 

FLW11006 

Temp. 

stability 

Cooling 


Pressure Flow 

rate 

°C ± °C 20/0/-10°C bar L / min. 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-15 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

-20 to 40 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

1.7 / 1.1 / 0.85 

1.7 / 1.0 / 0.75 

2.7 / 1.7 / 1.0 

2.5 / 1.0 / 0.3 

4.3 / 2.2 / 1.3 

4.0 / 1.7 / 0.7 

7.4 / 5.5 / 3.1 

11.5 / 7.3 / 4.8 

1.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 3.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

0.5 to 6.0 

23 

40 

40 

60 

40 

60 

60 

60 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.858 105 

9.858 106 

9.858 107 

9.858 108 

9.858 109 

1 

2 3 

JULABO 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.698 542 

9.698 543 

9.698 544 

9.698 545 

9.698 546 

9.698 547 

9.698 548 

9.698 549 

701

1 



1 

702 

Thermostatic controllers, GD100K/GD100 

Temperature range 0 to +100°C .With PID control, LED display, visual alarm and fault 

indication display. 

Specifications: 

Model: GD100 

Temperature range without tank: 0 to 100°C 

Temperature range with S tank*: 0 to 100°C 

Temperature range with P tank*: Amb. +5 to +99°C 

Primary display: 4-digit LED 

Secondary display: none 

Display resolution: 0.1 

Number of recorded temp. values: 4 

RS232 interface: no 

Relay: no 

Heating power at 220 to 240 V: 1.4 kW 

Pump max. pressure: no pump 

Flow rate max.: no pump 

Total dimensions incl. clamp: 115 x 145 x 315 mm 

E & OE. 




GD 100 K with clamp 

GD 100 without clamp 

* S= stainless steel, P= malleable plastic 

2 

Thermostatic controllers GD120K/GD120 

Temperature range -20 to +120°C. As GD 100 series, but powerful external circulating 

pump, timer from 0 to 9999 minutes and variable alarm setting. 

Model: GD120 

Temperature range without tank: -20 to +120°C 

Temperature range with S tank*: 0 to 120°C 



Secondary display: none 


Number of stored temp. values: 4 

RS232 interface: no 

Relay: no 

Heating power at 220 to 240 V: 1.4 kW 

Pump max. pressure: 270 mbar 

Flow rate max.: 17 L/min 

Total dimensions excl. clamp: 115 x 145 x 315 mm 

1 

1 

Grant 

9.699 075 

9.699 076 


GD 120 K with clamp 

GD 120 without clamp 


2 

1 

1 

Grant 

9.699 077 

9.699 078


1 

Thermostatic controllers GR150K/GR150 

E & OE. 




Temperature range -50 to +150°C. Soft-Touch rotor for simple navigation, LED display 

Grant 

and separate 2-line LCD for programming, timer, visual and audible alarms, RS 

232 interface, programmable relay, temperature limit for different liquid types. Connector for external Pt 1000 sensor, 

memory for 1 programme with up to 30 segments. Labwise PC software optional for programming from the user's PC. 

Model: GR 150 


Temperature range with S tank*: 0 to +150°C (for 5/12/18 litres) 

-15 to +150°C (for 26/38 litres) 



Secondary display: 2-line LCD 



RS 232 interface: yes 

Relay: 1 

Heating power at 220 to 240 V: 2 kW 

Pump max. pressure: 270 mbar 

Flow rate max.: 17 L/min 



GR 150 K with clamp 

GR 150 without clamp 


2 

Thermostatic controllers GP200K/GP200 

Temperature range -50 to +200°C. Generally as GR 150 series, but with variable flow 

rate and programmable. Includes temperature ramp up to target temperature and relay. 

Five programmes can be stored with up to 30 segments. 

Model: GP 200 


Temperature range with S tank*: 0 to +200°C (for 5/12/18 litres) 

Temperature range with P tank*: -15 to +200°C (for 26/38 litres) 

Amb. +5 to +99°C 


Secondary display: 2-line LCD 

Display resolution: 0.01 (LCD) 


RS 232 interface: yes 

Relay: 2 

Heating power at 220 to 240 V: 2 kW 

Pump max. Pressure: 460 mbar 

Flow rate max.: 21 L/min. (adj.) 


1 

1 

9.699 079 

9.699 080 


GP 200 K with clamp 

GP 200 without clamp 


Drain syphon 

1 

1 

Grant 

9.699 081 

9.699 082 

For the rapid draining of baths. Grant 


Drain syphon 1 9.699 096 

3 

Labwise software 

Permits the remote set-up and programming of GR150 and GP200 thermostats from a 

PC. Real-time temperature/time profile and graphic representation of processes. Profile 

documentation and programme memory on disk. Requires IBM-compatible PC with Pentium II processor and 

Windows 98 software or higher. Connector cable supplied. 


Software 1 9.699 165 

Grant 

1 

2 

3 

703

1 


Heating/Water baths 

2 3 

704 

1 

Heating baths HBR4 digital 

A digital heating bath characterised by: 

E & OE. 



- digital display for set, actual, and overtemperature safety as well as stirring speed 

- Fuzzy Logic electronic control 

- integral magnetic stirring drive to circulate the bath heating liquid, enhancing heat distribution in the bath 

- further data - see heating bath HB 4 basic (9.906 104) 


Heating output: 1000W 

Temperature range: ambient to 200°C 

Setting accuracy: ±1K 

Offset: ±1K 

Speed range: 100 to 800rpm 

Material: stainless steel (AISI 304) 

Useful volume: 4 litres 

Ext./int. diameters: 250/200 mm 

Ext./int. height: 250/160 mm 

Weight: 4.4kg 

Protection class DIN EN 60529: IP21 


HBR4 digital 1 9.906 106 

2 3 

Accessories for HB- baths 


Set of rings H 240 * 

Intermediate base H 159 ** 

* For HB 4 basic and HBR 4 digital baths. 

** Allows insertion of vessels into the bath HB R 4, without affecting the stirrer motion. 

722 



whole 


1 

1 

IKA 

IKA 

9.906 121 

9.906 125


1 

Incubation/Inactivation Water Baths 

Microprocessor controlled temperature regulation. Short heating-up times. Temperature 

GFL 

display and setting digitally via LED display in 0.1°C increments. Temperature variation 

±0.1°C, temporal. Temperature range from approx. 5°C above ambient temperature to 99.9°C; after installation of an 

accessory water level regulator 1919 from approx. 3°C above tap water temperature to 99.9°C. Electronic monitoring 

of the temperature regulator. In case of failure, the cause of the fault is shown on the display. 

Electronic overtemperature cut-out, 4°C above set temperature and electromechanical >130°C. Soft touch keys with 

clear symbols. Tip-up, insulating lid with inner camber, no dripping back of condensate into the vessels. Bath interior, 

cover frame, lid, heating element and perforated floor made of stainless steel (standard equipment includes lid and 

perforated floor**). 

Housing is made of electrolytically galvanized sheet steel, powder-coated and corrosion-resistant. 

Model 1005 

Especially suitable for warming medical heat packs. 

**Water bath 1005 is supplied without perforated floor if the rack for heat packs 1923 (accessory) is ordered. 

Models 1012 and 1013 

The circulation system ensures an optimal temperature uniformity throughout the whole bath. An electric motor with 

rotary magnet is flanged to the bath floor and drives a PTFE-coated magnet stirring bar in the bath. 

The units are tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and have the CE mark. 

Type Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

1002 

1003 

1004 

1005 

1008 

1012 

1013 

2 3 4 

Bath model 

1002 

1003/1008 

1004 

1005 

1012 

1013 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

mm mm litres W kg 

245 x 200 x 145 

400 x 245 x 145 

600 x 245 x 145 

410 x 296 x 315 

400 x 245 x 205 

245 x 200 x 145 

400 x 245 x 145 

330 x 395 x 255 

485 x 440 x 255 

685 x 440 x 255 

495 x 490 x 445 

485 x 440 x 325 

330 x 395 x 325 

485 x 440 x 325 

E & OE. 




Capacity Power Weight PK Cat. No. 

7 

14 

21 

40 

20 

7 

14 

1000 

1500 

1500 

1500 

1500 

1000 

1500 

Table of racks held by water baths 1002-1013 

Rack 1920 

4 

8 

12 

9 

4 

8 

Max. number of rack types held 

Rack 1921 

4 

8 

12 

9 

4 

8 

Rack 1922 

4 

8 

12 

9 

4 

8 

Rack 1923 

- 

- 

- 

1 

- 

- 

9 

12 

17 

21 

14 

10 

14 

Rack 1942 

1 

2 

3 

2 

1 

2 

2 3 4 

Stainless steel. Height: 185mm 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 902 

9.905 903 

9.905 904 

9.905 905 

9.905 908 

9.905 912 

9.905 913 


1920 

1921 

1922 

1923 

1942 

With 20 apertures, each 18 mm diameter for 16/17 mm test tubes 

With 5 apertures, each 31 mm diameter for test tubes 

With 20 apertures each 13 mm diameter for 12 mm test tubes 

For water bath 1005, especially for warming medical hot packs 

With 12 apertures 56 mm diameter for baby milk bottles 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

9.905 970 

9.905 971 

9.905 972 

9.905 973 

9.905 977 

705

1 

2 



Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

706 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

1 

Water Level Regulator for Water Baths 1002-1013 

Adjustable, to keep the water level constant and to cool Water Baths 

1002-1013 (approx. 3°C above tap water temperature). 

Also see shaking water waths. 

E & OE. 




1919 1 9.905 986 

2 

Steam Bath 1023 

For gentle simmering using Erlenmeyer flasks, bottles, etc. Bath, ring aperture cover 

GFL 

and perforated floor above the heating element are made of stainless steel. 

Temperature range from approx. 5°C above ambient to boiling point, with temperature control by thermostat. Heating 

element protected by overtemperature cut-out. The adjustable water level regulator at the back of the unit and the 

set of rings are supplied as standard. 

With removable, square cover (W 265mm x L 265mm) accommodating a 9-part set of rings, in heat-resistant plastic, 

which can be split. The aperture diameter can be adjusted in approx. 20mm steps (min. 32.5/max. 173.5 mm). The 

bath housing is made of powder coated, electrolytically galvanized sheet steel. Mains supply 230V 50/60 Hz, 1.0 kW 

(Other voltages available on request). 

The unit is tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and has the CE mark. 

Capacity Power Weight PK Cat. No. 

mm mm litres W kg 

240 x 240 x 120 342 x 342 x 180 7 1000 9 1 9.905 923 

3 

4 

Type Apertures 

with 

sets 

of rings 

Top 

dia. 

mm 

1031 

6 

90 

1032 

8 

110 

* Alternative voltages available on request! 

3 

Test Tube Rack 1933 

Accessory for Steam Bath 1023. 

Stainless steel, test tube rack, with 100 x 18mm diameter apertures. 


1933 1 9.905 993 

Support Rod 1985 

Accessory for Steam Bath 1023. 

Stainless steel support rod, 316 x 12mm length x diameter. 


1985 1 9.905 995 

4 

Water Baths for Fume Hoods 1031 and 1032 

Special baths for gentle simmering with Erlenmeyer flasks, bottles, etc., also suitable for 

GFL 

use in fume hoods. Stainless steel bath, removable recessed lid with holes and 

perforated floor above the heating element. 

Temperature range from approx. 5°C above ambient to boiling point, with thermostatic temperature controller. 

Heating element protected by over-temperature cut-out. 

The apertures in the lid are covered by sets of rings in heat-resistant plastic. The adjustable constant level device at 

the right-hand side of the unit is included. 


External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Weight Working height PK Cat. No. 

mm kg mm 

430 x 300 x 155 

670 x 300 x 155 

6.1 

8.2 

100 

100 

1 

1 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

9.905 931 

9.905 932


1 

Multiple Water Baths 1041 and 1042 

For gentle simmering work with Erlenmeyer flasks, bottles, etc. Stainless steel bath 

GFL 

interior, frame with apertures and perforated floor above the heating element. 

Temperature range from approx. 5°C above ambient to boiling point, with thermostatic temperature control. 

The 130mm dia. apertures in the cover, are fitted with sets of rings in heat resistant plastic. With stainless steel 

support rod, 600 x 12mm L x dia. behind each opening, for securing vessels. A constant level is included on the lefthand 

side of the bath. Working height 90mm. 


Type Apertures 

with 

sets 

of rings 

1041 

1042 

2 

4 

6 

Top 

dia. 

mm 

130 

130 

Shaking Water Bath 1083 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

E & OE. 




Power Working height Weight PK Cat. No. 

mm W mm kg 

682 x 232 x 190 

982 x 232 x 190 

With Reciprocating Motion. 

Universally applicable for shaking tasks that require exactly reproducible temperatures. 

For gentle mixing or vigorous shaking. Microprocessor controlled, temperature regulation. Temperature 

display and setting via LED display in 0.1°C increments. Temperature range approx. 5°C above ambient to +99.9°C, 

alternatively after installation of constant level 1919 (accessory) approx. 3°C 

above tap water temperature to +99.9°C. 

Optimum temperature distribution throughout the whole bath interior. 

Overtemperature cut-out: electronic, 4°C above set temperature, and electro-mechanical >130°C. Electronic 

monitoring of the temperature controller. Maintenance-free and durable shaking device, electronically controlled and 

continuously adjustable from 10 to 250rpm, with soft-start. Constant shaking frequency, independent of load, even 

when in continuous operation. All parts in contact with water made of stainless steel. No dripping back of condensate 

into the vessels due to double-walled insulating lid with internal gable. Corrosion-resistant housing is made of powdercoated, 

electrolytically galvanized, sheet steel. Accessories to accept various kinds of vessels are quickly and safely 

attachable to the shaking device. Easily removable shaking rack. A drain tap is provided to empty the bath. 

Tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and CE marked. 


External dimensions (WxDxH): 715 x 520 x 330mm 

Internal dimensions (WxDxH): 450 x 300 x 160mm 

Usable capacity: 20 litres 

Usable bath height: 190mm 

Net/gross weight: 

28/32kg 

Shaking motion: Reciprocating, can be switched 

Temperature accuracy: ±0.1°C 

Temperature display: Digital LED 

Overtemperature cut-out: electronic 4°C above set temperature, and electro-mechanical > 130°C 

Shaking frequency: 10 to 250 strokes/min. 

Stroke length: 22 mm 

Supply requirements: 

230V 50/60Hz, 1.5kW (alternative voltage models are available, details on 

request) 

2 

1000 

1500 

90 

90 

12.0 

16.0 

1 

1 

1 

722 

9.905 941 

9.905 942 


1083 1 9.905 983 

GFL 

707

1 



708 

1 


Generally as model 1083, but with digital display of temperature and shaking frequency. 

Cooling coil supplied as standard. Tested according to the German Equipment Safety 

Law and CE marked. 

Technical Specification: 

Shaking speed display: Digital LED 

Net/gross weight: 30/34kg 

Orbit or travel: 22mm 

E & OE. 




1086 1 9.905 984 

2 

3 

4 

2 


Generaly as model 1086, but with orbital motion. Cooling coil supplied as standard. 

Tested according to the German Equipment Safety Law and CE marked. 



Internal dimensions(WxDxH): 450 x 300 x 160mm 

Usable capacity: 20 litres 

Temperature range: approx. 5°Cabove ambient to +80°C 


Shaking motion: Orbital, can be switched on/off 

Shaking orbit: 14mm dia. 


1092 1 9.905 985 

3 

Tray type 3960 

Accessory for Shaking Water Baths 1083, 1086 and 1092. 

Stainless steel, with holes to accept clips for Erlenmeyer flasks, reaction tube holder 

3926 and test tube racks 3924 and 3925. The tray has two handles that reach above the waters surface, for easy 

inserting and removing from the bath. 


3960 1 9.837 960 

4 

Clips for Erlenmeyer Flasks 


Stainless steel, to be screwed into shaking tray 3960. Supplied complete with flask 

springs 

(see also shaking shakers and incubators). 

Type For 

flasks 

ml 

3983 

25 

3984 

50 

3985 

100 

3986 

200 

3987 250 - 300 

3988 

500 

3989 

1000 

3989 raised lid required (on request) 

Max. number 

per tray 

52 

33 

22 

15 

13 

10 

6 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.837 983 

9.837 984 

9.837 985 

9.837 986 

9.837 987 

9.837 988 

9.837 989


1 

Test tube racks 


Stainless steel, with two handles for easy insertion and removal from the bath. 

Type For neck 

dia. 

mm 

3920 16/17, max. length 180mm 

3921 31 

3922 12, max. length 180mm 

2 

Rack 3923 

Max. no. 

plates 

243 

63 

372 


Stainless steel, raised tray with 6 x microplate frames. 

E & OE. 




GFL 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.837 966 

9.837 967 

9.837 968 


3923, Tray high version for shaking water baths 1 9.905 998 

3 

Holder 3926 


Stainless steel. For 58 x 1.5 to 2.0ml reaction tubes, with float protection, can be 

screwed onto shaking tray 3960. Max. 3 holders per tray. 


3926, Tray for shaking water bathes 1 9.905 990 

4 

Test Tube Racks 3924 and 3925 


Stainless steel. The holding device can be tilted by an angle of 90°, equipped with 

springs for secure support. It can be screwed onto shaking tray 3960. 


3924, e.g. for 15ml Falcon tubes, 

max. 20 tubes x 12 to 17 mm dia., 

max. 4 racks per platform 

3925, e.g. for 50ml Falcon tubes, 

max. 12 tubes x 25 to 29 mm dia., 

max. 3 racks per platform 

5 

Constant Level Device 1919 


Adjustable, to maintain a desired, constant water level (1083/1086/1092) and to cool 

Shaking Water Bath 1083 and Water Baths 1002-1013 (from approx. 3°C above tap water temperature). 


1919 1 9.905 986 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

GFL 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

1 

9.905 996 

9.905 997 

709

2 



710 

1 

1 

Shaking Water Bath 1070, Thermolab ® 

E & OE. 



The Quadrothermal Shaking Water Bath 1070 with reciprocating motion is equipped 

GFL 

with four separate tanks, in which different sample vessels can be heated, independently 

of each other. It is universally applicable for use in routine, research and specialised laboratories for all temperaturedependent 

reactions, e.g. for incubations of reagents and solutions, Enzyme-Immuno-Essays, Western-Blots, Reverse 

Dot Blots, for hybridisations at four different temperatures, for stringent washing processes with variable 

temperatures, Restriction Enzyme Digestions, Proteinase-K Digestions, DNA Elution, T 7 Sequenase Sequencing, for 

thawing processes and incubations of cultures or for polymerase chain reactions (PCR). Microprocessor controlled 

temperature regulation. Temperature constancy: ±0.1°C temporal. Temperature range from approx. 5°C above 

ambient to +99.9°C. Temperature display and setting digitally via LED display. Electronic monitoring of the 

temperature controller. Electronic over-temperature cut-out applies at 4°C above set temperature and 

electromechanical at >130°C. Maintenance-free and durable shaking device, electronically controlled and continuously 

settable shaking motion, with soft-start. 

Insulating, double-walled lid - no dripping back of condensate into the vessels. Bath interior and shaking rack are in 

stainless steel. Height-adjustable, sample holder in each of the four tanks. With the use of optional racks or directly 

on the sample holders, all kinds of vessels from ìl to ml used in laboratories can be held. 



Usable internal dimensions per tank 175 x 175 x 100mm 

(sample holder) (WxDxH): 128 x 128mm 

Usable bath height: 80mm 

Sample holder, height-adjustable: 32mm 

Temperature range: from approximately 5°C above ambient temperature to 99.9°C 

Temperature control: Electronic 

microprocessor-controlled with proportional-plus-integral control (PI) 

Temperature accuracy: ±0.1°C 

Temperature display: Digital LED 

Temperature adjustment: 

Digital LED 

Overtemperature cut-out: electronic 4°C above set temperature, and electro-mechanical > 

130°C 

Shaking motion: Reciprocating, can be switched on/off 

Shaking frequency: 2 to 50 strokes/min. 

Shaking speed adjustment: Variable 

Shaking amplitude: 22mm 

Supply requirement: 230V 50/60Hz, 1.3 kW 



1070 1 9.905 980 

2 

Type 1070 

Racks for test tubes and microtubes in Shaking Water Bath 1070. 

Type Description For PK Cat. No. 

1710 

1711 

1712 

722 

With 7 apertures 31mm dia. 



Test tubes 50 ml 

Test tubes 15ml 

Reaction vessels 1.5 to 2.0 ml 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

9.905 987 

9.905 988 

9.905 989


1 

Shaking water baths, SW 22, SW 23 

For simultaneous heating and shaking of samples, e.g. incubations, hybridizations etc. 

Reciprocal motion. 

- Microprocessor technology with PID temperature control 

- Bright Multi-Display (LED) indicates five different temperature values and shaking speed 

- Splash-proof mains switch, built into plastic membrane keypad 

- Easy-to-use controls 

- Timer for selecting desired operating period 

- RS232 interface provided 

- Shaking frequency 20 to 200 strokes/min., with 15 mm stroke 

- Removable shaking carriage 

- Model SW 23 has an internal circulation pump giving enhanced temperature stability 

Bath lid not included in delivery. 

Type Temp. 

range 

SW22 

SW23 

2 

Temp. 

stability 

Heating 

capacity 

Bath 

opening 

Bath tank 

depth 

°C ± °C W mm mm 

20 - 99.9 

20 - 99.9 

0.2 

0.02 

2000 

2000 

500 x 300 

500 x 300 

Shaking water baths, SW 22, SW 23, accessories 

180 

180 

E & OE. 




JULABO 

JULABO 


Hinged Makrolon ® -lid 

Constant level device/cooling set 

3 

Trays for Erlenmeyer flasks 

1 

1 

9.906 401 

9.906 402 

JULABO 


Tray for 32 x 50ml 

Erlenmeyer flasks 



Tray for 11 x 250 to 300ml 




4 

Spring clips for erlenmeyer flasks as indicated, to fit tray 9.906 390. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.906 386 

9.906 387 

9.906 388 

9.906 389 

JULABO 


10 ml flasks 

25 ml flasks 

50 ml flasks 

100 ml flasks 

200 to 250 ml flasks 

300 ml flasks 

500 ml flasks 

1000 ml flasks 

Tray for spring clips to hold 

Erlenmeyer flasks as required 

5 

Test tube trays 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.906 410 

9.906 411 

9.906 412 

9.906 413 

9.906 414 

9.906 415 

9.906 416 

9.906 417 

9.906 390 

JULABO 


240 test tubes, 16/17 mm Ø 

360 test tubes, 12/13 mm Ø 

360 microlitre vessels, 30 x 11/12 mm Ø 

84 test tubes, 30 mm Ø 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.906 420 

9.906 421 

9.906 422 

9.906 423 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.906 383 

9.906 384 

711

1 



Type Temp. 

range 

TW8 

TW12 

TW20 

TW2 

2 

3 

4 

712 

Temp. 

stability 

1 

Thermostatic baths, EcoTemp series 

- microprocessor technology with PID temperature control 

- bright Multi-Display (LED) indicates five different temperature values 

- splash-proof mains switch, built into a plastic membrane keypad 

- easy-to-use controls 

- timer for selecting desired operating period 

- RS232 interface provided 

- comprehensive range of accessories 

Bath lid not included. 

Heating 

capacity 

Bath 

opening 

Bath tank 

depth 

°C ± °C W mm mm 

20 to 99.9 

20 to 99.9 

20 to 99.9 

20 to 99.9 

0.2 

0.2 

0.2 

0.2 

2 

2000 

2000 

2000 

1000 

230 x 270 

350 x 270 

500 x 300 

150 x 130 

140 

140 

180 

110 

Water baths, TW series, accessories 

One-piece moulded, transparent Makrolon ® lids with handle and hinges. 

E & OE. 



JULABO 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.906 424 

9.906 425 

9.906 426 

6.207 044 

JULABO 

For Width Depth Height PK Cat. No. 

mm mm mm 

TW8 

290 

320 160 

1 9.906 398 

TW12 

400 

320 160 

1 9.906 399 

TW20 

560 

350 170 

1 9.906 401 

3 

Water baths, TW series, accessories 

Test tube racks. 

JULABO 


60 test tubes, 16/17 mm dia. 

90 test tubes, 12/13 mm dia. 

90 microlitre vessels, 11/12 mm dia. 

21 test tubes, 30/31mm dia. 

4 

Water baths/Oil baths 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.906 431 

9.906 432 

9.906 433 

9.906 434 

The latest generation of water baths, a combination of high-grade, anti-corrosion 

Memmert 

stainless steel and state-of-the-art technology. Two performance classes available: 

"Basic" and "Excellent", tuned to varying requirements and applications. 

Basic: the water bath for routine processes, with integral timer adjustable from 1 min. up to 99.59 hrs, and with 

delayed switch-on and programmable hold time. 

Excellent: with enhanced features for overtemperature protection, liquid level monitoring and continuous, long-term 

tests using two high-grade Pt100 sensors. The integral timer range is from 1 min. up to 999 hrs and allows a 

setpoint-dependent hold time to be programmed, in addition to all the Basic-level features. Audible alarms for 

overtemperature, low liquid level and programme end make operation even more convernient. 

The new generation oil bath range differs from the Excellent water baths by their temperature range of up to +200°C 

and by incorporating an adjustable, class 2 temperature limiter as standard. 

Interior - Heating Concept: 

- easy-to-clean, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304), laser-welded, stainless steel interior, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing 

- corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank


1 

Water baths WNB Series 

Control: 

- microprocessor PID-temperature controller with integral autodiagnostic system and 

fault indicator 

- solid state switching unit 

- one, class A, 4-wire Pt100 sensor 

- integral digital timer from 1 min. to 99.59 hours for: 

On continuous operation 

Wait (delayed On for continuous and limited timed operation) 

Hold 

- digital display (LED) of set and actual temperature and of (remaining) programme time 

- LEDs for indication of programme status 

Overtemperature protection (dual): 

- easy-to-clean interior, made of laser-welded, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304) stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn 

ribbing 

- corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank 

- if an overtemperature condition occurs due to a fault, heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set 

temperature (fixed value) 

- an independent, mechanical, TB class 1 temperature limiter switches the heating off at approx. 30°C above max. 

bath temperature 

With textured, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304), corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing. 


Temperature range: from +10°C (however, at least 5°C above ambient temperature) up to +95°C with 

additional boiling mode (+100°C) 

Power supply: 230V (±10%), 50/60 Hz 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

WNB 7 

WNB 10 

WNB 14 

WNB 22 

WNB 29 

WNB 45 

1 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm kg W 

7 

10 

14 

22 

29 

45 

210 x 240 x 140 

210 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 220 

350 x 590 x 140 

350 x 590 x 220 

356 x 468 x 238 

356 x 578 x 238 

436 x 578 x 238 

436 x 578 x 296 

516 x 818 x 238 

516 x 818 x 296 

E & OE. 




Memmert 

Weight Rating PK Cat. No. 

11 

13 

15 

16 

22 

24 

1200 

1200 

1800 

2000 

2400 

2800 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.906 581 

9.906 582 

9.906 583 

9.906 584 

9.906 585 

9.906 586 

713



4 3 2 1 

1 2 3 4 

714 

Water baths WNE series 

Control: 

- fuzzy-supported, PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system 

and fault indication 


- 2 class A , 4-wire Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling the performance at the same temperature 

value 

- digital timer from 1 min to 999 hours for: 

On (continuous operation) 

Delayed On 

Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold, with fixed dwell time 

- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, time and alarm values 

- calibration facility on controller with audible and visual alarms at programme end, as input keypress confirmation 

and if low liquid level occurs (heating is switched off automatically) 

Triple Overtemperature Protection: 

- in case of overtemperature due to a fault, the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature 

(fixed value) 

- independent, protection class 3.1, TWW electronic overtemperature controller, or protection class 2, TWB 

overtemperature limiter, are adjustable in set-up menu by the user 

- class 1, TB mechanical temperature limiter switches the heating off at approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature 

- set value display resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 1°C above 100°C 

Textured, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304), corrosion resistant stainless steel housing 

Without lids - please order separately! 


Temperature range: 

from +10°C (however, at least 5°C above ambient) up to +95°C with additional boiling 

mode (+100°C) 

Power supply: 230V (±10%), 50/60 Hz 

E & OE. 



Memmert 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 


litres mm kg W 

WNE 7 

WNE 10 

WNE 14 

WNE 22 

WNE 29 

WNE 45 

7 

10 

14 

22 

29 

45 

210 x 240 x 140 

210 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 220 

350 x 590 x 140 

350 x 590 x 220 

11 

13 

15 

16 

22 

24 

1200 

1200 

1800 

2000 

2400 

2800 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.906 591 

9.906 592 

9.906 593 

9.906 594 

9.906 595 

9.906 596


1 

Water bath with circulation pump WPE 45 

Control: 

- fuzzy-supported, PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system and fault indication 


- 2 class A, 4-wire Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling performance at the same temperature value 



Delayed On 

Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold, with fixed dwell time 

- pump can be switched on and off 

- pump is switched off at programme end, digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, time and 

alarm values 

- Calibration facility on controller 

- audible and visual alarms at programme end, as input keypress confirmation and if low liquid level occurs (heating 

is switched off automatically) 


- in case of overtemperature due to fault the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature (fixed 

value) 

- independent, class 3.1, TWW electronic overtemperature controller or class 2, TWB overtemperature limiter, are 

adjustable in set-up menu by the user 

- mechanical class 1 TB temperature limiter switches the heating off at approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature 


Textured, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304), corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing 



Temperature range: from +10°C (however, at least 15°C above ambient) up to +95°C 

Power supply: 230 V (±10%), 50 Hz 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

E & OE. 






WPE 45 45 350 x 590 x 220 516 x 818 x 296 32 2800 1 9.906 589 



whole 


1 

715

1 




dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

One 7 

One 10 

One 14 

One 22 

One 29 

One 45 

716 

1 

Oil baths, One series 

E & OE. 



Control: 

Memmert 

- fuzzy-supported PID microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system and 

fault indication 

- solid state switch unit 

- 2 x class A, 4-wire, Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and controlling performance at the same temperature 



Delayed On 

Hold, or set temperature-dependent Hold with fixed dwell time 

- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, time and alarm values 

- Calibration facility on controller 

- audible and visual alarms at programme end, as keypress input acknowledgement and in the case of low liquid level 

(heating is switched off automatically) 

Interior - Heating Concept: 

- easy-to-clean, grade 14301 (ASTM 304), laser-welded, stainless steel interior, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing 

- corrosion-proof, large-area heating surface on 3 sides of the tank 


- in the case of overtemperature due to fault the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set temperature 

(fixed value) 

- independent, class 2, TWB electronic overtemperature limiter 

- class 2, TB mechanical temperature limiter switching the heating off at approx. 30°C above max. bath temperature 


Textured, grade 1.4301 (ASTM 304), corrosion resistant, stainless steel housing. 



Temperature range: from +20°C (minimum 5°C above ambient) up to +200°C 

Power supply: 230 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 


7 

10 

14 

22 

29 

45 

210 x 240 x 140 

210 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 140 

290 x 350 x 220 

350 x 590 x 140 

350 x 590 x 220 

356 x 468 x 238 

356 x 578 x 238 

436 x 578 x 238 

436 x 578 x 296 

516 x 818 x 238 

516 x 818 x 296 

722 


11 

13 

15 

16 

22 

24 

1200 

1200 

1800 

2000 

2400 

2800 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.906 601 

9.906 602 

9.906 603 

9.906 604 

9.906 605 

9.906 606


1 

Thermostatic baths, WB, OB series, accessories 

Stainless steel flat lid with apertures and ring sets. Stainless steel gabled lid. Adjustable 

temperature limit selector instead of cut-out for WB/WBU. WB/WBU have a constant 

level device. 

Peltier Cooling Device CDP 115 

For precise operation with temperatures starting from +10°C. The temperature is controlled via the electronic 

controller of the waterbath with a precision of ±0.1K 

Easy fitting to bath by snap-on-technology, suitable for all tank sizes. 

Power consumption: 160W 

Effective cooling capacity: 115W 

Pumping capacity of circulation pump for coolant: 600ml/min. 

E & OE. 




Memmert 

Type For 

Well 

Dia. PK Cat. No. 

capacity format 

litres mm 

Flat lid for oil baths 

7 

1 

187 

1 9.906 521 


10 

3 

107 

1 9.906 522 


14 

6 

87 

1 9.906 523 


22 

6 

87 

1 9.906 524 


29 

8 

107 

1 9.906 525 


45 

8 

107 

1 9.906 526 

Flat lid for water baths 

7 

1 

187 

1 9.906 530 


10 

3 

107 

1 9.906 531 


14 

6 

87 

1 9.906 532 


22 

6 

87 

1 9.906 533 


29 

8 

107 

1 9.906 534 


45 

8 

107 

1 9.906 537 

Gabled lid for oil baths 

7 

0 

0 

1 9.906 541 


10 

0 

0 

1 9.906 542 


14 

0 

0 

1 9.906 543 


22 

0 

0 

1 9.906 544 


29 

0 

0 

1 9.906 545 


45 

0 

0 

1 9.906 546 

Gabled lid for water baths 

7 

0 

0 

1 9.906 550 


10 

0 

0 

1 9.906 551 


14 

0 

0 

1 9.906 552 


22 

0 

0 

1 9.906 553 


29 

0 

0 

1 9.906 554 


45 

0 

0 

1 9.906 555 

Constant level device for WNB / WNE / WPE 

0 

0 

0 

1 9.906 650 

Special gabled cover for WNB/WNE 29/45 

0 

0 

0 

1 6.228 924 

Special gabled cover for WNB/WNE 14/22 

Factory calibration certificate at 37°C for WNE / WPE; at 160°C for ONE models 

CDP Peltier Cooling Device 

2 

Shaking water bath OLS 200 

Orbital or linear motion selectable. 

- Temperature range 0 to 99°C 

Adjustable shaking speed: 

- 20 to 200 rpm (orbital) 

- 40 to 360 strokes/minute (linear), variable stroke length (3 settings) 

- Temperature stability and uniformity to ±0.1°C 

- Precise, electronic control of temperature and shaking speed with digital setting and LED display 

- Stainless steel tank and shaking trolley 

- Requires, but is not supplied with, accessory trays for operation 

Linear motion: 

Setting A: 18 mm stroke length, 340 strokes/minute 

Setting B: 28 mm stroke length, 240 strokes/minute 

Setting C: 36 mm stroke length, 180 strokes/minute 

Orbital motion: 

Adjustable from 20 to 200 rpm with a 9 mm fixed radius. 

Tank dimensions: 505 x 300 x 200 mm 

Overall dimensions: 555 x 325 x 300 mm 

Max. flask immersion: 30 mm at fastest speed setting 

Weight: 15 kg 

Supply requirements: 220-240V 50Hz 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Grant 

1 

1 

1 

1 

6.306 619 

9.867 696 

9.906 651 


OLS 200 1 9.905 800 

2 

717

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 



718 

1 

Shaking water bath OLS 200, accessories 

Type LS200 Sloping lid. Stainless steel. For use at temperatures above 60°C and below 

room temperature. 

E & OE. 




LS 200 1 9.905 809 

2 


Type UT200 Universal tray. Versatile stainless steel tray. Designed to accommodate a 

variety of vessels. 


UT200 1 9.905 801 

3 


Type TT200 Test tube tray. Holds up to five H1-series test tube racks. 


TT 200 1 9.905 802 

4 5 


Type H1- series racks. Stainless steel, 200 x 75 mm. For test tubes. Used with test tube 

tray order no. 9.905 802. 

Type For 

tubes 

H1-10 

H1-13 

H1-16 

H1-19 

H1-25 

H1-30 

48 x 10 mm 

44 x 13 mm 

24 x 16 mm 

21 x 19 mm 

12 x 25 mm 

10 x 30 mm 


Type CW200 Cooling coil. For use with mains tap water or refrigerated circulator. It can 

be used down to 2°C above the temperature of the coolant . Fits underneath the 

shaking trolley. 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 803 

9.905 804 

9.905 805 

9.905 806 

9.905 807 

9.905 808 


CW 200 1 9.905 811 

6 


Type CS200G Immersion cooler for temperatures from 0 to 35°C. Coil fits underneath 

the shaking trolley. Dimensions: 410 x 285 x 225 mm (L x W x H). For 220-240V 50Hz 

supplies. 


CS 200G 1 9.905 812 

Grant 

Grant


1 

Unstirred waterbaths SUB Aqua series 

High quality products with an excellent temperature stability. Stainless steel tank in 

painted steel case. Supplied with polycarbonate lid. 

- ambient +5°C to +99°C operation 

- digital PID control (PT1000) for quick heat-up and precision control throughout the temperature range 

- digital LED display showing ”heating-up“, ”cooling down“ or ”maintaining temperature“ 

- stability: ±0.2°C 

- simple, yet intuitive user interface 

- user-settable sample protection and fixed thermal cutout 

- user calibration (single or two-point) 

Type Volume, Power External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

SUB AQUA 2 

SUB AQUA 25 

SUB AQUA 5 

SUB AQUA 12 

SUB AQUA 18 

SUB AQUA 26 

SUB AQUA DUAL 

2 

litres W mm mm 

2 

2 

5 

12 

18 

26 

5 and 12 

130 

130 

375 

770 

1500 

1500 

1200 

190 x 200 x 215 

340 x 210 x 150 

340 x 215 x 270 

340 x 390 x 270 

340 x 570 x 270 

340 x 570 x 270 

540 x 360 x 225 

Unstirred waterbathes JB Aqua series 

Stainless steel tank in painted steel case. 

Delivered with Polycarbonate lid and base tray Type AQBT. 

- ambient +5°C to +98°C operation 

- simple dial setting 

- user-settable sample protection and fixed thermal cut-out 

Type Volume, Power External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

JB AQUA 2 

JB AQUA 25 

JB AQUA 5 

JB AQUA 12 

JB AQUA 18 

JB AQUA 26 

JB AQUA DUAL 

litres W mm mm 

2 

2 

5 

12 

18 

26 

5 und 12 

130 

130 

375 

770 

1500 

1500 

1200 

190 x 200 x 215 

340 x 210 x 150 

340 x 215 x 270 

340 x 390 x 270 

340 x 570 x 270 

340 x 570 x 270 

540 x 360 x 225 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

140 x 140 x 150 

300 x 150 x 55 

300 x 150 x 140 

300 x 325 x 140 

300 x 505 x 140 

300 x 505 x 190 

300 x 150 x 140 and 

300 x 325 x 140 

Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

150 x 140 x 140 

300 x 150 x 55 

300 x 150 x 140 

300 x 325 x 140 

300 x 505 x 140 

300 x 505 x 190 

300 x 150 x 140 und 

300 x 325 x 140 

E & OE. 




Grant 

Grant 

1 

2 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 730 

9.905 731 

9.905 732 

9.905 733 

9.905 734 

9.905 735 

9.905 736 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 740 

9.905 741 

9.905 742 

9.905 743 

9.905 744 

9.905 745 

9.905 746 

719



1 2 3 

1 2 3 

720 

Unstirred water baths 

PB1 bath, temperature range ambient to 60°C. 

Transparent polycarbonate tank with removable control unit. Analogue thermostat dial is graduated in 10 x 5°C divisions from 

20° to 60°C. Temperature stability ±0.3°C. 

JB baths, temperature range ambient to 90°C. 

Polypropylene bath, analogue thermostat is graduated in 5°C divisions from 20° to 90°C. Temperature stability ±0.3°C. 

SUB baths, temperature range ambient + 5°C to 99°C. 

Stainless steel tanks. Digital temperature control. With display and overtemperature cut-out. 

SBB baths for boiling 

As SUB baths, but with an analogue energy regulator, two overtemperature cut-outs and constant level device. 

Please order racks and lids separately. 

At operating temperatures above 60°C, a lid or a layer of polypropylene spheres must be used. 


Overall dimensions (WxDxH): 300 x 300 x 100 mm 

Weight: 4 kg 

Type Capacity Working space 

W x D x H 

PB1 

SBB6 

SBB14 

SBB28 

4 5 6 

Sloping. 

Type For 

bath type 

LP1 

LU6 

LU14 

LU28 

LU36 

PB1 

SUB/SBB6 

SUB/SBB14 

SUB/SBB28 

SUB36 

3.5 

6.0 

14.0 

28.0 

L mm W 

225 x 80 x 120 

150 x 110 x 300 

325 x 110 x 300 

505 x 160 x 300 

E & OE. 



Grant 

Power Racks Lid PK Cat. No. 

0.3 

1.5 

1.5 

2.0 

Lids for thermostatic water baths 

3 x P1 

J2 

2 x J2 or 2 x J3 

4 x J2 or 4 x J3 

LP1 

LU6 or LF6 

LU14 oder LF14 

LU28 or LF28 

5 4 6 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 750 

9.905 759 

9.905 760 

9.905 761 

Grant 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 765 

9.905 770 

9.905 771 

9.905 772 

9.905 773


1 

Shelves for water baths 

Stainless steel with perforated mesh shelf. Used to alter the effective depth of the bath. 

Each shelf occupies half the area of the bath specified and so allows both deep and 

shallow vessels to be accommodated. 

Type For 

bath type 

RS14H 

RS28H 

RS36H 

2 

SUB/SBB14, SUB AQUA 12, JB AQUA 12, HUB 14, SBB 14 

SUB/SBB28, SUB AQUA 18/26, JB AQUA 18/26 

SUB36 

Racks for thermostatic water baths 

Stainless steel. P1 racks for PB1 bath only hang from the tank rim and have a single 

Grant 

row of holes so that the contents can be examined through the transparent sides of the 

tank. J2 and J3 racks for the JB and SBB baths stand on the perforated shelf of the bath or on the floor of the SUB 

bath tank. J2-SE and J2-LE are for microcentrifuge tubes. 

Type Array For 

bath type 

P1-13 

P1-16 

P1-19 

J2-10 

J2-13 

J2-16 

J2-19 

J2-25 

J2-30 

J2-SE 

J2-LE 

3 

Lid for water baths 

12 x 13 

10 x 16 

9 x 19 

84 x 10 

55 x 13 

36 x 16 

32 x 19 

18 x 25 

12 x 30 

105 x 0.5 

65 x 1.5 

PB 1 

PB 1 

PB 1 

JB AQUA, JB, SB AQUA, SUB, HUB, SBB 








Flat, with ring sets. 

Giving apertures of 31, 43, 59, 78 or 105 mm diameter. 

Type Well 

format 

LF2 

LF6 

LF14 

LF28 

LF36 

4 

6 

2 

4 

6 

8 

For 

bath type 

Water coil, CW 5 

JB2 

SUB6, SBB6, SUB AQUA 2S/5, JB AQUA 2S/5, SUB AQUA DUAL 

SUB/SBB14, HUB 14, JB AQUA 12, SUB AQUA 12, SUB AQUA DUAL 

SUB/SBB28, SUB AQUA 18/26, JB AQUA 18/26 

SUB36 

For use with tap water; suitable for all applications where the required temperature 

exceeds that of the tap water being used by 20°C or more. 


CW 5 1 9.920 764 

E & OE. 




Grant 

Grant 

Grant 

1 

2 

3 

4 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 780 

9.905 781 

9.905 782 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 785 

9.905 786 

9.905 787 

9.905 788 

9.905 789 

9.905 790 

9.905 791 

9.905 792 

9.905 793 

9.905 820 

9.905 821 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 774 

9.905 775 

9.905 776 

9.905 777 

9.905 778 

721

1 

2 

3 



722 

1 

Heating bath liquid, BASF 

E & OE. 



Use: 

Buddeberg 

BASF heating bath liquid can be used continuously as a heating medium up to approx. 

170°C. Higher temperatures (below flash point) are possible, but will result in rapid darkening. 

The low pour point allows the bath liquid also to be used as a cooling medium. Mixtures with 10% to 30% water have 

proved best for this. 

The crucial advantages of BASF heating bath liquid compared to 

the oils or other organic liquid mainly used are: 

- accidental spillage of water into the bath does not lead to dangerous spitting at temperatures over 100°C, as the 

water dissolves in the heating bath liquid and subsequently evaporates safely 

- BASF heating bath liquid can easily be rinsed away with water which eases cleaning of laboratory equipment, e.g. 

distillation flasks, and also bench or floor if the bath liquid is accidentally spilled. 

- BASF heating bath liquid does not foam when mixed with water. 

Viscosity on addition of water: 

BASF heating bath liquid is quite viscous at ambient or low temperatures, and therefore sometimes difficult to 

dispense. The addition of 10-20% water reduces the viscosity and enables easier handling. If the mixture is then 

heated to 100°C, the water evaporates without boiling. Further heating is only shortly delayed by this. Before next 

heating, water can be added again. 

Water solubility: BASF heating bath liquid can be mixed with water in any ratio. The hardness of the water has no 

effect on the bath liquid. 

Chemical character: Modified, polyvalent, aliphatic alcohol 

Appearance: Clear, colourless or lightly coloured liquid 

Storage time: 

(unlimited at present knowledge) 

When stored for long periods the product may become darker. This does not 

affect the performance of the product. 

Density: 

Flashpoint 

approx. 1.15 g/cm³ 

to DIN 51758: > 200°C 

to DIN 51794: 

approx. 255°C 

Container PK Cat. No. 

5 litres 1 9.906 200 

2 

Water bath protection agent for water baths and shaking water baths 

ProAquaTop prevents the formation of algae, bacteria, and mould. Biodegradable and 

non-toxic. Only 1 ml per litre of water required. Replacement of the bath water is 

indicated by fading of the blue colouration 

Type Capacity 

ml 

PK Cat. No. 

1910 200 

1 9.905 957 

1911 3 x 200 

3 9.905 958 

1912 6 x 200 

6 9.905 959 

3 

Water bath preservative liquid Aqua Stabil 

- Prevents build-up of algae and bacteria in bath tanks providing hygienic operation 

- No contamination of the tank or immersion thermostat components 

- Economical - only 2 ml of Aqua Stabil is required for every 1 litres of water 

- Remains effective for weeks, as shown by colour indicator. 

GFL 

JULABO 


ml 

100 ml bottle 1 9.858 040


1 2 3 4 5 6 

Thermostatic baths, Optima series 

E & OE. 




Complete units including plastic or stainless steel bath, bridge mounting plate and thermostatic controller. For 220 - 240 V 

50/60 Hz. Please refer to controller specifications for supply requirements. Accessory polypropylene spheres or a lid must be 

used at temperatures between 60 and 100°C. Above 100°C only a lid must be used. Accessory cooling is required for temperatures below ambient. 

Please order lid separately. 

Type Capacity Material Temp. 

range 

litres °C 

GD 100 P5 

5 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD 100 P12 

12 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD 100 P18 

18 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD 100 S5 

5 Stainless steel 

0 to +100 

GD 100 S12 


0 to +100 

GD 100 S18 


0 to +100 

GD 100 S26 


0 to +100 

GD 100 S38 


0 to +100 

GD 120 P5 

5 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD 120 P12 

12 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD 120 P18 

18 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GD 120 S5 


0 to +120 

GD 120 S12 


0 to +120 

GD 120 S18 


0 to +120 

GD 120 S26 


-15 to +120 

GD 120 S38 


-15 to +120 

GR 150 P5 

5 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GR 150 P12 

12 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GR 150 P18 

18 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GR 150 S5 


0 to +150 

GR 150 S12 


0 to +150 

GR 150 S18 


0 to +150 

GR 150 S26 


-15 to +150 

GR 150 S38 


-15 to +150 

GP 200 P5 

5 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GP 200 P12 

12 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GP 200 P18 

18 Plastic 

Amb. +5 to +99 

GP 200 S5 


0 to +200 

GP 200 S12 


0 to +200 

GP 200 S18 


0 to +200 

GP 200 S26 


-15 to +200 

GP 200 S38 


-15 to +200 

7 

1 2 3 

4 5 6 

Thermostatic baths, Optima series, raised shelves 

The effective liquid depth is reduced in order to place small or shallow containers in the 

bath. 


For bath with capacity 12 l 




1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

9.699 092 

9.699 093 

9.699 094 

9.699 095 

7 

Grant 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.699 193 

9.699 194 

9.699 195 

9.699 196 

9.699 197 

9.699 198 

9.699 199 

9.699 200 

9.699 201 

9.699 202 

9.699 203 

9.699 204 

9.699 205 

9.699 206 

9.699 207 

9.699 208 

9.699 209 

9.699 210 

9.699 211 

9.699 212 

9.699 213 

9.699 214 

9.699 215 

9.699 216 

9.699 217 

9.699 218 

9.699 219 

9.699 220 

9.699 221 

9.699 222 

9.699 223 

9.699 224 

723

1 



2 3 4 

724 

1 

Test tube racks for Optima baths 

Manufactured in stainless steel, with lifting handles. Available for test tubes with an 

external diameter of 10 to 13 mm, 16 to 19 mm or 30 mm, 0.5 ml or 1.5 ml 

microcentrifuge tubes. 

QR racks can only be used with 5 litre baths. 

VR racks can only be used with 12, 18, 26 and 38 litre baths. 

Max. number of racks per bath: 

5 litres: S5, P5 1 x QR 

12 litres: S12, P12 2 x VR 

18 litres: S18, P18 4 x VR 

26 litres: S26 4 x VR 

38 litres: S38 

Max. number of test tubes per rack: 

6 x VR 

Ø 10 to 13 mm VR QR 

Ø 16 to 19 mm 65 30 

Ø 24 mm 36 16 

Ø 30 mm 23 10 

Ø 0.5 ml microtube 14 5 

Ø 1.5 ml microtube 102 44 

75 35 

E & OE. 




QR 13 

QR 19 

QR 24 

QR 30 

QR SE 

QR LE 

VR 13 

VR 19 

VR 24 

VR 30 

VR SE 

VR LE 

30 x 10/13 mm test tubes 


10 x 24 mm test tubes 


44 x 0.5 ml micro test tubes 








Thermostatic baths, Optima series, P tanks 

Robust plastic baths for use at temperatures from ambient +5°C to +99°C. Supplied 

with bridge mounting plate for Optima series controllers without clamps and built-in 

lifting handles at casing ends. Liquid depth for all models min./max.: 80/140 mm. 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm 

P 5 

P 12 

P 18 

2 3 4 

5 

12 

18 

390 x 200 x 170 

415 x 350 x 170 

600 x 350 x 170 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

9.699 130 

9.699 131 

9.699 132 

9.699 133 

9.699 134 

9.699 135 

9.699 136 

9.699 137 

9.699 138 

9.699 139 

9.699 140 

9.699 141 

Grant 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 710 

9.905 711 

9.905 712


1 3 2 

1 2 3 

Thermostatic baths, Optima series, S tanks 

Stainless steel baths with outer casing made of glass-reinforced plastic providing 

excellent insulation properties. Resistant to common acids and solvents. Supplied with 

bridge mounting plate for Optima series controllers without clamps and built-in lifting handles at casing ends. 

S5/S12/S18 S26/38 

Operating range: 0 to 200°C -15 to 200°C 

Suitable immersion cooler C1G C1G, C2G 

Liquid depth min/max.: 80/140 mm 130/190 mm 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm 

S 5 

S 12 

S 18 

S 26 

S 38 

4 5 

5 

12 

18 

26 

28 

325 x 175 x 175 

350 x 325 x 175 

530 x 325 x 225 

530 x 325 x 225 

720 x 390 x 225 

4 5 

Thermostatic baths, Optima series, lids 

Available in moulded plastic or stainless steel, flat or gabled with hinge as indicated (*). 

E & OE. 




Grant 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.905 713 

9.905 714 

9.905 715 

9.905 716 

9.905 717 

Type Description Material For PK Cat. No. 

PL 5 

PL 12 

PL 18 

FG 5 

LG 12 

LG 26 

LG 38 

Flat 

Flat 

Flat 

Flat 

Gabled* 

Gabled* 

Gabled* 

Stainless steel 

Plastic 

Plastic 





bath P 5 

bath P 12 

bath P 18 

bath S 5 

bath S 12 

bath S 18 and S 26 

bath S 38 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

9.699 085 

9.699 086 

9.699 087 

9.699 088 

9.699 089 

9.699 090 

9.699 091 

725

100° 

90° 

80° 

70° 

60° 

50° 

40° 

30° 

20° 

10° 



P.O. Box 1720 


Tel. +49 (0) 9122 / 925 - 0 

Fax +49 (0) 9122 / 145 85 









www.wenk-labtec.com


1 

Drying cabinet 


Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers 

For general warming and drying purposes, including drying of drained laboratory glassware. Maximum temperature is 

approximately ambient +50°C. 

Capacity: 125 litres 

Internal dimensions: 420 x 730 x 355 mm 

External dimensions: 600 x 750 x 360 mm 

Weight: 40 kg 

Shelves: 3, height adjustable 

Power rating: 500 W 

Voltage: 220-240 V 50 Hz, single phase 


125 litres, sliding door 1 9.951 490 

2 

Universal Ovens and incubators, B series 

All models are equipped with: 

Memmert 

- microprocessor PID-temperature controller with integral autodiagnostic system and 


- single, class A, Pt100 sensor with 4-wire-circuit 

- integral digital timer (1 min. up to 99 h 59 min) 

to switch off heating to stand-by mode 

- digital LED display of set and actual temperature as well as remaining process time 

- two separate overtemperature protection systems: In case of total sensor failure the heating is switched off at 

approx. 10°C above the set temperature; in case of thermostatic switch failure, the heating is controlled by an 

additional thermostat approx. 10°C above the set temperature; if a sensor fault (incorrect measurements) or the 

total breakdown of the controller occurs, the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the max. oven 

temperature by a TB class 1 mechanical temperature limiter 

- for very sensitive and/or valuable/irreplaceable loads, we recommend our E- and P-class ovens, guaranteeing an 

even higher safety standard. 

- Easy-to-clean, stainless steel housing and interior, with heaters located in deep-drawn ribs on all four sides, 

providing uniform gentle heating. 

Power supply: 230 V (±10 %) 50/60 Hz 

Safety proof: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST 

3 

Universal Ovens, UNB series 

Ventilation and control: natural convection 

Temperature range: +30 to +220°C; 

(actual minimum: 5°C above ambient) 

Display resolution 

set value: 0.5°C 

actual value: 0.5°C 

Type Internal 

volume 

UNB 100 

UNB 200 

UNB 300 

UNB 400 

UNB 500 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf 

support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm W 

14 

32 

39 

53 

108 

320 x 175 x 240 

400 x 250 x 320 

480 x 250 x 320 

400 x 330 x 400 

560 x 400 x 480 

* Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

2 / 1 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

470 x 325* x 520 

550 x 400* x 600 

630 x 400* x 600 

550 x 480* x 680 

710 x 550* x 760 

E & OE. 


Memmert 

1 

2 

3 

Rating PK Cat. No. 

600 

1100 

1200 

1400 

2000 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 051 

9.868 052 

9.868 053 

9.868 054 

9.868 055 

727

1 



Type Internal 

volume 

728 

1 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Universal Ovens, UFB series 

Ventilation: Forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine 






Shelf 

support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 


UFB 400 

53 400 x 330* x 400 4 / 2 

550 x 480** x 680 1400 

UFB 500 

108 560 x 400* x 480 5 / 2 

710 x 550** x 760 2000 

* Minus 30 mm for an air vent in centre of rear panel 

**Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

2 

Type Internal 

volume 

INB 200 

INB 300 

INB 400 

INB 500 

2 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Precision incubators, INB series 

E & OE. 



Memmert 


Ventilation: natural convection 






Additionally fitted with inner glass door 

Shelf 

support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 


32 

39 

53 

108 

400 x 250 x 320 

480 x 250 x 320 

400 x 330 x 400 

560 x 400 x 480 


3 

3 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

550 x 400* x 600 

630 x 400* x 600 

550 x 480* x 680 

710 x 550* x 760 

1 

1 

9.868 056 

9.868 057 

Memmert 


440 

500 

800 

900 

Universal Ovens and Incubators, E series 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 047 

9.868 048 

9.868 049 

9.868 050 

All models are equipped with: 

Memmert 

- fuzzy supported PID-microprocessor controller with integral autodiagnostic system and 


- 2 x Pt100 Class A sensors with 4-wire circuit, mutually monitoring and maintaining performance at the stable 

temperature value 

- digital 7-day programme-timer 

- integral digital timer for temperature profile wirh max. 4 segments, adjustable from 1 min. up to 999h: Delayed on; 

Heating up; Hold, Cooling-down, 

"Loop" function with 1 to 99 repeats or continuous 

- heating switch off to stand-by mode 

- digital LED display of set all parameters 

- Triple overtemperature protection systems: 

if an overtemperature state occurs due to failure the heating is switched off at approx. 10°C above the set 

temperature (fixed value); 

- independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature controller TWW protection class 3.1 

- mechanical temperature limiter TB class 1 switching the heating off at approx. 10°C above max. oven temperature 

- Easy-to-clean interior, made of stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing with integral and protected largearea 

heating on four sides. 2 perforated stainless steel, non-tipping shelves 

Supply requirements: 230 V (±10 %) 50/60 Hz. approx. 1400 W (during heating). Safety conformance: 

EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST 

Glass door available at extra charge.


1 

1 

Universal Ovens, UNE series 






display resolution 

0.1°C up to 99.9°C; 0.5°C above 100°C 

Calibration certificate for test at +160°C 

Type Internal 

volume 

UNE 200 

UNE 300 

UNE 400 

UNE 500 

UNE 550 

UNE 600* 

UNE 700* 

UNE 800* 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf 

support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 


32 

39 

53 

108 

153 

256 

416 

749 

400 x 250 x 320 

480 x 250 x 320 

400 x 330 x 400 

560 x 400 x 480 

480 x 500 x 640 

800 x 500 x 640 

1040 x 500 x 800 

1040 x 600 x 1200 

* Double doors 

** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

2 

Universal Ovens, UFE series 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

550 x 400** x 600 

630 x 400** x 600 

550 x 480** x 680 

710 x 550** x 760 

630 x 650** x 920 

950 x 650** x 920 

1190 x 650** x 1080 

1190 x 750** x 1620 

Ventilation: forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine, adjustable in 

10% steps via process controller 

Temperature range: +30°C to +250°C 


Display resolution: 


Calibration certificate for test at +160°C 

Type Internal 

volume 

UFE 400 

UFE 500 

UFE 550 

UFE 600* 

UFE 700* 

UFE 800* 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf 

support 

ribs/shelves 

2 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

E & OE. 


Memmert 


1100 

1200 

1400 

2000 

2200 

2400 

4000 

4800 


53 

108 

153 

256 

416 

749 

400 x 330** x 400 

560 x 400** x 480 

480 x 500* x 640 

800 x 500** x 640 

1040 x 500** x 800 

1040 x 600** x 1200 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

550 x 480*** x 680 

710 x 550*** x 760 

630 x 650** x 920 

950 x 650*** x 920 

1190 x 650*** x 1080 

1190 x 750*** x 1620 


** Minus 30 mm (up to UFE 600) and 45 mm (UFE 700 + UFE 800) for an air vent in centre of rear panel 

***Depth without door handle, please add 38mm 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 058 

9.868 059 

9.868 060 

9.868 061 

9.868 041 

9.868 062 

9.868 063 

9.868 064 

Memmert 


1400 

2000 

2200 

2400 

4000 

4800 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 065 

9.868 066 

9.868 042 

9.868 067 

9.868 068 

9.868 069 

729

1 



Type Internal 

volume 

INE 200 

INE 300 

INE 400 

INE 500 

INE 550 

INE 600* 

INE 700* 

INE 800* 

730 

1 

Incubators, INE series 





0.1°C 

Textured stainless steel casing: 

Calibration cerificate at +37°C 

with inner glass door 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf 

support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 


32 

39 

53 

108 

153 

256 

416 

749 

400 x 250** x 320 

480 x 250** x 320 

400 x 330** x 400 

560 x 400** x 480 

480 x 500** x 640 

480 x 500** x 640 

1040 x 500** x 800 

1040 x 600** x 1200 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

550 x 400*** x 600 

630 x 400*** x 600 

550 x 480*** x 680 

710 x 550*** x 760 

630 x 650 x 920 

630 x 650** x 920 

1190 x 650*** x 1080 

1190 x 750*** x 1620 


** Minus 30 mm (up to UFE 600) and 45 mm (UFE 700 + UFE 800) for an air vent in centre of rear panel 


2 

2 

E & OE. 



Memmert 


440 

500 

800 

900 

1100 

1600 

1800 

2000 

Universal Ovens and incubators, "Perfect" series 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.537 339 

9.537 340 

9.537 341 

9.537 342 

9.537 336 

9.537 343 

9.537 344 

9.537 345 

The highest specification class for the most demanding requirements: 

Memmert 

- adaptive, fuzzy-supported, microprocessor PID-temperature controller 

- autodiagnostic system with fault indicator 

- two, class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 sensors, jointly monitoring and regulating performance at any specific 

temperature 

- digital 7-day programmer with real time clock allowing precise setting to minute intervals and one set value or ramp 

operation in combination with digital, heating-profile timer with max. 40 ramp segments, each segment adjustable 

from 1 min to 999 hours 

- multifunctional menu programming via 8-digit, multilingual, alphanumeric display of: heating profiles of up to 40 

ramps, time- and set-point dependent operation, fan air circulation speed in 10% steps from min. 20% to 100% 

- long-term documentation (memory) of all relevant data, GLP-conformance using 1024kB memory datalogger 

- non-volatile, programme memory 

- parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible, ink-jet printers for GLP 

documentation 

- RS232 interface with Memmert "Celsius" software 

- chip-card control incl. one MEMory Card XL with 32kB (holds up to 40 ramps) 

- Multiple Overtemperature Protection: With audible and visual alarms; digitally adjustable, TWW protection class 3.1, 

electronic overtemperature controller - maximum value for overtemperature; additional adjustable "ASF" Auto- 

Safety-Function for over- and undertemperature, which monitors the set value at a preset tolerance range; an 

audible alarm is activated in case of over- or undertemperature and heating is switched off in the event of 

overtemperature; TB class 1, mechanical temperature limiter, which switches the heating off at approx. 10°C above 

max. oven temperature. 

- Easy-to-clean, stainless steel housing and interior, with heaters located in deep-drawn ribs on all four sides, 

providing uniform gentle heating. 

Supply requirements: 230 V (UN/UF 700 and 800: 400V) ±10%, 50/60Hz 

Safety conformance: EMV/VDE/GS/CE/GOST 

Optional equipment: An alternative external glass door is available at extra cost. 

333


Universal ovens, UNP series 








Calibration certificate at +160°C 

Type Internal 

volume 

UNP 200 

UNP 300 

UNP 400 

UNP 500 

UNP 550 

UNP 600* 

UNP 700* 

UNP 800* 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Shelf 

support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 


32 

39 

53 

108 

153 

256 

416 

749 

400 x 250 x 320 

480 x 250 x 320 

400 x 330 x 400 

560 x 400 x 480 

480 x 500 x 640 

800 x 500 x 640 

1040 x 500 x 800 

1040 x 600 x 1200 


** Depth without door handle, please add 38mm 

1 

Universal ovens, UFP series 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

550 x 400** x 600 

630 x 400** x 600 

550 x 480** x 680 

710 x 550** x 760 

630 x 650** x 920 

950 x 650** x 920 

1190 x 650** x 1080 

1190 x 750** x 1620 

Ventilation: forced air circulation by quiet fan turbine, adjustable in 10% steps via process 

controller, with each segment individually programmable 






Type Internal 

volume 

UFP 400 

UFP 500 

UFP 550 

UFP 600* 

UFP 700* 

UFP 800* 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

1 

Shelf 

support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 

E & OE. 


Memmert 


1100 

1200 

1400 

2000 

2200 

2400 

4000 

4800 


53 

108 

153 

256 

416 

749 

400 x 330** x 400 

560 x 400** x 480 

480 x 500** x 640 

800 x 500** x 640 

1040 x 500** x 800 

1040 x 600** x 1200 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 


** Minus 30mm (up to UFE 600) and 45mm (UFE 700 + UFE 800) for an air vent in centre of rear panel 


550 x 480*** x 680 

710 x 550*** x 760 

630 x 650*** x 920 

950 x 650*** x 920 

1190 x 650*** x 1080 

1190 x 750*** x 1620 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 070 

9.868 071 

9.868 072 

9.868 073 

9.868 044 

9.868 074 

9.868 075 

9.868 076 

Memmert 


1400 

2000 

2200 

2400 

4000 

4800 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 077 

9.868 078 

9.868 045 

9.868 079 

9.868 080 

9.868 081 

731

1 



Type Internal 

volume 

INP 200 

INP 300 

INP 400 

INP 500 

INP 550 

INP 600* 

INP 700* 

INP 800* 

732 

1 

Int. 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Precision Incubators, INP series 

E & OE. 



Memmert 


Temperature range: +30°C up to +70°C 



0.1°C 

2nd chip-card (Steri-Card) for sterilization of work chamber with fixed 

cycle (4 hours at 160°C) 

Additionally supplied with inner glass door 


Shelf 

support 

ribs/shelves 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 


32 

39 

53 

108 

153 

256 

416 

749 

400 x 250 x 320 

480 x 250 x 320 

400 x 330 x 400 

560 x 400 x 480 

480 x 500 x 640 

800 x 500 x 640 

1040 x 500 x 800 

1040 x 600 x 1200 


** Depth without door handle, please add 38mm 

3 / 1 

3 / 1 

4 / 2 

5 / 2 

7 / 2 

7 / 2 

9 / 2 

14 / 2 

Accessories for Universal ovens B-, E- and P- series 

Type E3(x): standard, stainless steel wire (for enhanced air circulation) 

Type E0(x): perforated stainless steel shelves (max. loading: 30kg) 

B-Class = UNB/UFB/INB/SNB/SFB 

E- and P-Class = UNE/INE/SNE/SFE/UNP/UFP/INP/SFP 

550 x 400** x 600 

630 x 400** x 600 

550 x 480** x 680 

710 x 550** x 760 

630 x 650** x 920 

950 x 650** x 920 

1190 x 650** x 1080 

1190 x 750** x 1620 


440 

500 

800 

900 

2200 

1600 

1800 

2000 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.537 346 

9.537 347 

9.537 349 

9.537 350 

9.537 354 

9.537 351 

9.537 352 

9.537 353 

Memmert 

Type Cl. PK Cat. No. 

E0 100 

E0 200 

E0 300 

E0 400 

E0 500 

E0 550 

E0 600 

E0 700 

E0 800 

E3 100 

E3 200 

E3 300 

E3 400 

E3 500 

E3 550 

E3 600 

E3 700 

E3 800 

B 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

B 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

B, E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

additional stainless steel shelves are available on request 

Accessories for Universal ovens E- and P- series 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.537 026 

9.537 126 

9.537 226 

9.537 326 

9.537 426 

9.537 476 

9.537 526 

9.537 626 

9.537 826 

9.537 103 

9.537 203 

6.232 432 

6.231 512 

6.232 433 

9.537 553 

9.537 603 

9.537 703 

6.222 688 

Full glass door for UN/UF series. Memmert 


Full glass door for size 200 cabinet only 








E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 120 

9.868 130 

9.868 140 

9.868 150 

9.868 155 

9.868 160 

9.868 170 

9.868 180


Accessories for Universal ovens E- and P- series 

Extended temperature range option, maximum 300°C - Universal ovens 

(Not available for models with full glass door). 



E & OE. 


Memmert 


A0 200 

A0 300 

A0 400 

A0 500 

A0 550 

A0 600 

A0 700 

A0 800 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

E, P 

Accessories for Universal ovens, E- and P- series 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 520 

9.868 530 

9.868 540 

9.868 550 

9.868 555 

9.868 560 

9.868 570 

9.868 580 

Special equipment. Memmert 

Type Cl. Description PK Cat. No. 

Q1 

Q2 

Q2 

Q3 

V1 

V4 

V9 

W3 

W4 

1 

E, P 

E, P 200/300 

E, P 400/500/550/600/700/800 

P 

P 

P 

P 

E, P 

P 

Cooled incubators, series IPP and ICP 

IQ check list with works test data 

for unit as support for validation 

by customer 

OQ check list, including temperature 

distribution survey to DIN 12880: 2007-05 

at 9 measuring points 

OQ check list, including temperature 

distribution survey to DIN 12880: 2007-05 

at 27 measuring points 

Extra for FDA conformance software, 

"Celsius FDA-Edition" 

Oven-linked authorisation card 

(user ID card) 

additional MEMory Card 

additional SeriCard (only for 

interior-sterilization) for incubators 

USB interface instead of RS232 

Ethernet interface instead of RS232. Software 

"Celsius-Ethernet-Edition" included 

The innovations of the new Perfect Line have been transplanted into Memmert cooled 

Memmert 

incubators as well. With fuzzy logic-supported, multifunctional, PID-microprocessor 

controller, 2 x high quality DIN-class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 probes allowing simultaneous monitoring and control 

functions, digital real time clock with weekly programmer and daily schedule function, protocol timer for temperature 

profiles of up to 40 ramps, with 1 min up to 999 h segments; programmable with an 8-digit, alphanumeric display 

(selection of language via set-up) also used for visualizing data during operation. 

An internal datalogging memory with a capacity of 1024 kB provides tamper-proof, storage and output of GLPcompliant, 

archive documentation of all relevant data. Includes an output interface with real time clock for PCL3compatible 

printers, RS 232 interface incl."Celsius 2007 Software " and 32 kB MEMory Card. 

For total safety, a multi-level overtemperature protection (MLOP) system is provided, with audiovisual alarm system, 

microprocessor temperature selector (MTS), protection class 3.3, for over- and undertemperature and additional 

integral Automatic Safety Function ASF for high and low temperature limits, automatically monitoring the set 

temperature and warning by an alarm when there is a temperature-related malfunction. In addition, the ICP series 

has a TB class 1 mechanical temperature control unit which activates when the actual temperature exceeds 10°C 

above it's setting. 

Proven Memmert quality: Textured 1.4301 stainless steel housing and stainless steel chamber guarantees corrosionresistance, 

easy cleaning and sanitization 

With additional inner glass door. 

Calibration certificate available on request at +10°C and +37°C 

Supply requirements: 230 V ±10% 50 Hz 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

333 

9.867 698 

9.867 699 

9.867 693 

9.867 700 

9.867 701 

9.867 714 

9.867 702 

9.867 717 

9.867 718 

733

1 



1 

734 

Cooled incubators, IPP series 

with Peltier heating/cooling system 

temperature range: + 5°C to + 70°C. 

maximum temperature fluctuation: better than 0.1°C (temporal), better then ±0.4°C (spatial at 10 to 37°C): At 

temperatures above 4°C a defrosting process is not necessary. With gentle, fan-assisted, air circulation via 

refrigerant-free, Peltier-cooled fan. 

Type Internal Internal 

External 

volume dimensions 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

IPP 200 

32 400 x 250* x 320 550 x 490** x 600 

IPP 300 

39 480 x 250* x 320 630 x 490** x 600 

IPP 400 

53 400 x 330* x 400 550 x 550** x 680 

IPP 500 

108 560 x 400* x 480 710 x 620** x 760 



2 

Cooled incubators with compressor cooling, ICP 

ICP-cooled incubators with compressor cooling system. 

Temperature range 0°C to + 60°C. 

Maximum temperature fluctuation: better than ±0.1°C (temporal), better then ±0.3°C (spatial at 37°C acc. DIN). 

Gentle, forced-air circulation, separation of the heating system from the interior, which ensures no sample drying 

occurs due to the cooling evaporator. Energy-efficient, CFC-free (R134a refrigerant) cooling/heating, with highly 

efficient auto-defrost function. Microprocessor control of air circulation turbine fan speed in 10 % steps (between 10 

and 100%) 


External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

ICP 400 

53 400 x 330* x 400 558 x 486** x 967 

ICP 500 

108 560 x 400* x 480 718 x 556** x 1047 

ICP 600 

256 800 x 500* x 640 958 x 656** x 1335 

ICP 700 

416 1040 x 500* x 800 1198 x 656** x 1495 

ICP 800 

749 1040 x 600* x 1200 1198 x 756** x 1895 



2 

E & OE. 



Memmert 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.537 925 

9.537 926 

9.537 927 

9.537 930 

Memmert 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.537 904 

9.537 905 

9.537 906 

9.537 907 

9.537 908


1 2 

CO2 Incubators, INCO 2 series 



Ventilation and Control: 

Memmert 

- uniform atmosphere and temperature distribution owing to enclosed non-turbulent 

ventilation system in working chamber 

- adaptive, fuzzy-supported multifunctional digital microprocessor PID-controller 

- integral fault diagnostics on temperature, CO2 and humidity limit control 

- 2 x Class A , 4-wire circuit, Pt100 sensors mutually monitoring and maintaining the performance at the same 


- digital 7-day programme timer with real time clock, precise minute setting 

- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, weekdays, time, CO2, humidity and set-up values - 

language to be chosen in setup 

-CO2 supply via sterile filter, with two connections as well as automatic change-over device for gas bottles 

- digital electronic CO2 control with automatic zeroing (infrared measuring system) 

-CO2-supply being interrupted upon door opening 

- digital display of set and actual values (LED 0.1°C resolution) of temperature and CO2-concentration 

- integral humidity limit control (88 to 97%) with digital display of relative humidity - setting accuracy 1% 

- long-term documenting (memory) of all relevant data, GLP-compliant data logger - 1024 kB 

- non-volatile, programme memory 

- parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible ink-jet printers for GLPconforming 

documentation 

- serial interface RS232 including Memmert "Celsius" software for programming and documentation 

- chip card (STERICard) for sterilization of working chamber with fixed cycle (4 hours/160°C) without removal of 

sensors and mountings 

Multiple Overtemperature Protection: 

- with audible and visual alarm in case of over-/undertemperature and over-/under-CO2,open door and empty gas 

cylinder 


- additional adjustable Auto-Safety-Function "ASF" for over- and undertemperature automatically following the set 

value at a preset tolerance range 


Heating Concept: 

- large-area multi-function heating system on four sides incl. additional door and back heating to avoid condensation 

- incl. works calibration certificate for +37°C 

Textured Stainless Steel Casing: 

- fully insulated stainless steel door with double locking and 4-point adjustment 

- inner glass door with opening (8mm dia.) to take gas samples 

- zinc-plated, steel rear panel 

Interior: 

- easy-to-clean interior, made of stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing, material no. 1.4301, 

electropolished and hermetically welded 

- 3 non-tipping, perforated stainless steel shelves, 1 stainless steel water dish 

Temperature Range: from +20°C (or amb. + 8°C whichever is higher) up to +45°C 

Voltage/Power Rating: 230V (±10%), 50/60Hz; approx. 1000W (during heating) 

Type Internal dimensions/housing 

(WxHxD) mm 

INCO 2/108 560 x 480 x 400*/710 x 778 x 550** 

INCO 2/153 480 x 640 x 500/630 x 938 x 650 

INCO 2/246 640 x 640 x 600/790 x 938 x 750 


** Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

Type Internal 

volume 

INCO 2/108 

INCO 2/153 

INCO 2/246 

*full width 

**half width 

Shelf 

support 

ribs 

Shelves Stainless 

steel water 

dishes 

litres W 

108 

153 

246 

4* 

6* 

6* 

2* 

3* 

3* 

1* 

1* 

2** 


1000 

1500 

2000 

E & OE. 


1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

9.867 703 

9.867 704 

9.867 705 

735

1 



736 

1 

Accessories for CO2 Incubators, INCO 2 series 

E & OE. 



Memmert 


E7 INCO 2/108 

E7 INCO 2/153 

E2 INCO 2/108 

E2 INCO 2/153 

E2 INCO 2/246 

K7 

V9 

H7 

V2 

W6 

H9 

2 

3 

4 

Additional stainless steel shelf, full width 



Additional water tray, full width 

Additional water tray, half width 

Active humidity control microprocessor (40 to 97% RH) 

Additional Steri-Card (only for interior-sterilization) for incubators 

Pressure reduction valve (DIN 8546), incl. gas-bottle monitor 

RS485 interface (for cross linking of several devices) instead of USB 

RS232 interface instead of USB 

HEPA Interior filter 

2 3 

Vacuum drying ovens VO 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.867 707 

9.867 708 

9.867 709 

9.867 710 

9.867 711 

9.867 706 

9.867 702 

9.867 712 

9.867 713 

9.867 722 

9.867 731 

The new Perfect series of vacuum ovens, based on state-of-the art technology, has been 

Memmert 

optimised to fulfil the most stringent demands, beyond merely vacuum control. In 

addition to direct heating of the shelves and digital control of the vacuum depth (adjustable from 10 mbar to 1100 

mbar) these vacuum ovens now have a weekly programmer and daily schedule function, protocol timer for 

temperature profiles of up to 40 ramps, with 1 min up to 999 hour segments; programmable with an 8-digit, 

alphanumeric display (selection of language via set-up) also used for visualizing data during operation. 

An internal datalogging memory with a capacity of 1024 kB provides tamper-proof, storage and output of GLPcompliant, 

archive documentation of all relevant data. Also includes an output interface with real time clock for PCL3compatible 

printers, USB interface incl. "Celsius Software " and 32 kB MEMory Card. 

For total safety, a multi-level overtemperature protection (MLOP) system is provided, with audiovisual alarm system, 

protection class 3.3 microprocessor temperature selector (MTS) for over- and undertemperature, and additional 

integral Automatic Safety Function ASF for high and low temperature limits, automatically monitoring the set 

temperature and warning by an alarm when there is a temperature-related malfunction. In addition, the VO series has 

a TB class 1 mechanical temperature control unit which activates when the actual temperature exceeds 10°C above 

the set value. 

Textured 1.4301 stainless steel housing and 1.4404 stainless steel chamber. Galvanized steel rear panel. Safety 

double-glazed, door window with inner toughened glass and outer shatterproof panels. 


External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

VO 200 

29 385 x 250 x 305 550 x 400* x 600 

VO 400 

49 385 x 330 x 385 550 x 480* x 680 

VO 500 

101 545 x 400 x 465 710 x 550* x 760 

*Depth without door handle, please add 38 mm 

4 

Vacuum ovens, VO series, accessories 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.537 928 

9.537 929 

9.537 932 

Memmert 


Vacuum pump module cabinet without pump for VO 200 



Chemically resistant vacuum pump, capacity 34 L/min for VO 200 

Chemically resistant vacuum pump, capacity 60 L/min for VO 400/500 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.537 933 

9.537 934 

9.537 935 

9.537 936 

9.537 937


1 

Incubator, mechanical control 



Robust, small, space-saving unit with hydraulic thermostat temperature controller and 

adjustable ventilation for accurate and reliable incubation. 

- Range: 30°C to 70°C 

- Adjustable air vent 

- Inner glass door 

- Available with, or without, overheat cut-out (Class 1) 

- Internal volume: 28 litres 

- External dimensions: 580 x 425 x 402 mm 

- Internal dimensions: 400 x 250 x 280 mm 

E & OE. 


BINDER 


B28 without cut-out 

B28* with cut-out 

*with overheat cut-out TB (Class 1) 

2 

Drying oven E28 series 

Robust, space-saving, low-profile ovens with hydraulic thermostat control and 

adjustable chamber ventilation. 

- range: 60°C to 230°C 

- hydraulic thermostat temperature control 

- chamber ventilation valve 

- timer 0 to 120 mins. 

- available with, or without, overheat cut-out (Class 1) 


External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

E 28 

28 400 x 250 x 280 580 x 425 x 402 

E 28* 

28 400 x 250 x 280 580 x 425 x 402 

*with overheat cut-out TB (Class 1) 

3 

Drying ovens with natural convection, ED series 

1 

1 

9.883 556 

9.883 557 

BINDER 


without overheat cut out 

with overheat cut out 

Routine drying and sterilization applications up to 300°C (572°F) and storage at 

BINDER 

precisely controlled, elevated temperatures are the strengths of ED drying ovens. 

Because of their natural convection with a high rate of air exchange, thermal processes run with significantly 

increased efficiency. 

Performance features and equipment: 

- Electronically-controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with natural convection 

- Temperature range of 5°C (9°F) above ambient temperature up to 300°C (572°F) 

- DS controller with integral 0 to 99 hours timer 

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one degree 

- One ramp function 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible temperature alarm 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct with ventilation flap and front ventilation 

slide 

- 2 chrome-plated racks 

- Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft.) are stackable 

- Optional RS 422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 

- Binder test certificate 


External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

ED 23 

23 222 x 277 x 330 433 x 516 x 492 

ED 23* 

23 222 x 277 x 330 433 x 516 x 492 

ED 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 617 

ED 53* 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 617 

ED 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 702 

ED 115* 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 702 

ED 240* 

240 800 x 500 x 600 1034 x 745 x 822 

*with RS 422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 529 

9.883 530 

9.883 545 

9.883 548 

9.883 546 

9.883 549 

9.883 550 

1 

2 

3 

1 

1 

333 

9.883 543 

9.883 544 

737

1 

2 



738 

1 

Drying ovens with forced convection, FD series 

E & OE. 



FD series units are primarily used in applications needing rapid drying and sterilization. 

BINDER 

Totally homogenous temperature distribution, rapid dynamic response, and a special air 

turbine which was developed by Binder and has 20% higher output, have made the FD series a genuine time-saving 

device. 



- Electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with forced convection 

- DS controller with integral 0 to 99 hours timer 


- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible temperature alarm 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct, with ventilation flap and front ventilation 

slide 





External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

FD 23 

20 222 x 277 x 330 433 x 516 x 492 

FD 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 617 

FD 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 702 

FD 240 

240 800 x 500 x 600 1034 x 745 x 822 

2 

Drying oven with forced convection, FED series 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 808 

9.883 800 

9.883 801 

9.883 802 

The FED series is a true all-rounder. It has enormous capacity and is at the same time 

BINDER 

particularly adaptable to the specific requirements of a large variety of testing 

applications. The enhanced time functions and the digitally controlled air turbine can be used to adjust ideal 

temperature parameters and recirculation air conditions. 


- Electronically-controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with forced convection 


- MS Controller with several timer functions 

- Controller timer functions: delayed ON, delayed OFF, temperature dependent delayed OFF 


- Adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %) 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visual temperature alarm 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of a 50 mm (2 inch) dia. rear exhaust duct, with ventilation flap and front 

ventilation slide 

- RS 422 interface for communication software APT-COM DataControlSystem, or switch over to printer output with 

RS 232/RS 422 interface converter 

- Adjustable printing intervals 





External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

FED 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 617 

FED 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 702 

FED 240 

240 800 x 500 x 600 1034 x 745 x 822 

FED 400 

400 1000 x 500 x 800 1234 x 765 x 1022 

FED 720 

720 1000 x 600 x 1200 1234 x 865 x 1528 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 553 

9.883 554 

9.883 555 

9.883 803 

9.883 804


1 



Safety drying ovens with first class safety features, FDL 

This series presents the perfect environment for solvent-based samples. The interior 

BINDER 

chamber has a symmetrical airflow with defined flow velocities, free of silicone and dust, 

safeguarded by a high-efficiency filter cartridge. FDL therefore complies with all EN 1539 and ISO 3251 requirements 

and its programme with intelligent, fresh air monitoring feature offers maximum operator safety. 


- Electronically controlled, APT.line preheating chamber technology 

- Complies with all safety requirements according to the standards EN 1539 and VBG 24 


- MP controller allows easy programming of variable temperature cycles with numerous temperature and time 

functions and programmable temperature ramps via programme editor; 2 programmes each with 10 segments, 

alternatively switchable to 1 programme with 20 segments 

- The time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. This 

applies to all programmes. 

- Integrated7-day programme timer with real time function 

- Adjustable ramp function via programme editor 

- FKM door gasket (for max. temp. of 200°C/392°F) 

- Replaceable fresh-air filter cartridge, Class F6 (EU6 fine-particle filter for particle sizes between 1 µm and 10 µm) 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible and audible alarms 

- Fresh-air monitoring with audible alarm and automatic heat shut-down 

- 100 mm (3.9 inch) rear exhaust duct 

- RS 422 printer and communication interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 

- 2 chrome-plated shelves 


Type Internal 

volume 

Internal 

dimensions 

External 

dimensions 


(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

FDL 115 115 834 x 685 x 800 115 Standard 1 9.883 580 

2 Safety drying ovens with first class safety features and an expanded temperature 

range, MDL series 

The MDL series operates at temperatures up to 350 ºC at an airflow of 400l/min, ideal 

BINDER 

conditions for high temperature testing, e.g. in coil coating applications. The preheating 

chamber with its special Airflow Design permits homogeneous heat-treatment processes to be performed with 

maximum operator safety in an extremely short time, safeguarded by electronic monitoring of incoming air. Individual 

programming options provide maximum flexibility for completing your tasks. 


- Electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology 


- MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each to a maximum of 500 

segments 

- User-friendly LCD screen 

- Easy-to-read menu guide 

- Integral electronic chart recorder 

- Variety of options for the graphic display of process parameters 

- Real-time clock 

- Heat output: 9.0 kW 

- Silicone door gasket, resistant to high operating temperatures 


- 100 mm (3.9 inch) rear exhaust duct 

- Replaceable fresh-air filter cartridge, Class F6 (EU6 fine-particle filter for particle sizes between 1 µm and 10 µm) 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880) with visible and audible alarms 

- Fresh-air monitoring with audible alarm and automatic heat shutdown 

- RS 422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 



Type Internal 

volume 

Internal 

dimensions 

External 

dimensions 


(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

MDL 115 115 600 x 435 x 435 834 x 685 x 800 Standard 1 9.883 581 

E & OE. 


1 

2 

739




External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

VD 23 

23 285 x 285 x 285 515 x 500 x 655 

VD 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 550 x 775 

VD 115 

115 506 x 450 x 506 740 x 670 x 900 

1 

740 

1 

Vacuum drying oven for non-flammable solvents, VD series 

E & OE. 



The VD series offers safe drying with homogenous temperature distribution, thanks to its APT.line air jacket system. 

Optimum heat transfer through patented expansion rack technology; the racks can be positioned as needed and are 

easy to clean. In addition to these many features, the units have an individually programmable controller. 



- Temperature range: 15°C (59°F) above ambient temperature up to 200°C (392°F) (optional up to 250°C (482°F) 

- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, or alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments 


adjustment applies to all programmes. 

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one or tenth of a degree 

- Elapsed time indicator 

- Ventilation needle valve 

- Spring-mounted shatter proof safety glass panel 

- Inert gas needle valve with cross-flow technology 


- DN 16 measuring port in rear wall 

- Analogue pressure gauge (displays pressure difference between the inner chamber and the ambient pressure) 

- Electro-polished inner chamber 

- All vacuum and vent hoses, as well as the internally-welded pressure container, the removable rack support and the 

vacuum valve are made of stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4571 (V4A)/AISI 316 Ti 

- Door gasket made of tempered silicone 

- 2 × 24 V DC (max 0.4 A) switching outputs, switched via 2 controller contacts in the programme controller 

- RS 422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software, or switch over to printer output with 


- With 2 aluminium shelf racks 



Standard 

Standard 

Standard 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 540 

9.883 541 

9.883 542


1 



Safety vacuum drying ovens for flammable solvents, VDL series 

The VDL series with its extended package of safety features ensures maximum safety 

when drying organic solvents in accordance with TÜV/GS guidelines. The interior 

chamber is designed in accordance with the ATEX Directive for Zone 2, but the VDL series can also be equipped in 

accordance with the explosion risk requirements for zone 2 explosion hazard areas. 



- Temperature range: 15°C (59°F) above ambient temperature up to 200°C ( 392°F) 

- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, or alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments 

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of one or tenth of a degree 

- Integrated 7-day programme timer with real time function 

- Spring-mounted safety glass pane with splinter protection 

- Adjustable heat output (0 to 100 %) 

- Pressure monitor for controlled heat release at < 125 mbar (94 torr) 

- Pressure encapsulated instrument compartment with controlled overpressure by means of compressed air 

- Flame protection gasket 

- Ventilation bleed needle valve 

- Inert gas needle valve with cross-flow technology 

- Spring-mounted safety glass pane with splinter protection 

- Analogue pressure gauge (displays pressure difference between the inner chamber and the ambient pressure) 

- Electro polished inner chamber 

- All vacuum and vent tubing, as well as the internally-welded pressure container, the removable rack support and the 

vacuum valve are made of stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4571 (V4A)/AISI 316 Ti 

- Door gasket made of tempered silicone 


- DN 16 measuring port in rear wall 

- RS 232 printer and communications interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 

- with 2 aluminium shelf racks 


External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

VDL 23 

23 285 x 285 x 285 515 x 500 x 655 

VDL 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 550 x 775 

VDL 115 

115 506 x 450 x 506 740 x 670 x 900 

VDL 23 EX 

23 285 x 285 x 285 515 x 727 x 655 

VDL 53 EX 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 777 x 775 

VDL 115 EX 

115 506 x 450 x 506 740 x 897 x 900 

E & OE. 


1 

BINDER 


Standard 

Standard 

Standard 

EX-Zone 2 

EX-Zone 2 

EX-Zone 2 

925 117 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 531 

9.883 532 

9.883 533 

9.883 518 

9.883 519 

9.883 520 

741

1 

2 




External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

MK 53 

53 402 x 330 x 402 740 x 740 x 1222 

MK 240 

240 735 x 434 x 700 1140 x 946 x 1713 

MK 720 

700 1000 x 600 x 1168 1341 x 987 x 1998 

742 

E & OE. 



1 Temperature test chambers with forced convection and individual programming 

testing, M series 

Because of its individual programming options and ability to operate at maximum 

BINDER 

temperatures up to 300°C, the M series is ideally suited for materials testing and aging 

tests. The heavy-duty air turbine and a programmable exhaust ventilation flap accelerate heat-up and ensure that the 

test temperature is maintained with absolute precision at all levels, with minimal spatial fluctuations; performance as 

never before. 




- MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each up to a maximum of 500 segments 







- Programme-controlled ventilation flap 

- High air-exchange rate by high-performance fan 


- Rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) dia. 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible temperature alarm 

- RS 422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 




External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

M 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 779 

M 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 864 

M 240 

240 800 x 500 x 600 1034 x 745 x 984 

M 400 

400 1000 x 500 x 800 1234 x 765 x 1184 

M 720 

720 1000 x 600 x 1200 1234 x 1692 x 865 

2 

PK Cat. No. 

Environmental simulation chambers for complex temperature profiles, MK series 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 563 

9.883 564 

9.883 565 

9.883 566 

9.883 567 

This series covers the classic temperature range between -40°C and +180°C for heat 

BINDER 

and refrigeration tests - with the added benefit of natural simulation by means of 

preheating chamber technology and the Horizontal Air Flow Design. Unique technology, developed by Binder. With 

these features, the MK series thus meets the highest precision and performance requirements for cyclic temperature 

tests and presents an intelligent alternative to expensive individual solutions. 



- Temperature range from -40°C to +180°C (-40°F to +356°F), at an ambient temperature of 25°C/77°F 

- MCS controller with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each up to a maximum of 500 segments 






- Heated viewing window with interior lighting 

- Adjustable high-performance fan 

- Programmable condensation protection for test material 


- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible and audible temperature 

alarms 

- Environmentally friendly refrigerant R 404a 

- Ethernet or rather RS 422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 

- Access port, 80 mm (3.1 inch) dia., top (MK 53), right and left sides (MK 720), access port, 50 mm (2 inch) dia. left 

side (MK 240) 

- 2 stainless steel shelves 



Standard 

Standard 

Standard 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 560 

9.883 561 

9.883 562


1 



Temperature test chambers with forced convection, FP series 

FP series chambers are designed for the most demanding test applications and are 

BINDER 

particularly effective, thanks to their extensive programming capabilities. Forced air 

convection reliably facilitates quick drying times as well as extra rapid heating-up, even when fully loaded. 


- Electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with forced convection 


- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively 1 programme with 20 segments 


adjustment applies to all programmes. 

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of ±0.1/1°C 




- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 2 (DIN 12880), with visible alarm 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of 50 mm (2 inch) rear exhaust duct with ventilation flap and front ventilation slide 




- Units up to 115 (4.1 cu.ft.) litres are stackable 

- 2 chrome-plated, steel racks 


Type Internal 

volume 

FP 53 

FP 115 

FP 240 

FP 400 

FP 720 

litres 

53 

115 

240 

400 

720 

Supply 

requirements 

230 V 1ph. 50/60 Hz 

230 V 1ph. 50/60 Hz 

230 V 1ph. 50/60 Hz 

400 V 3ph. 50/60 Hz 

400 V 1ph. 50/60 Hz 



whole 


E & OE. 


PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 710 

9.883 711 

9.883 712 

9.883 713 

9.883 714 

1 

743

1 




External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

KBF 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 646 x 1022 

KBF 240 

240 650 x 470 x 785 905 x 765 x 1458 

KBF ICH 240 

240 650 x 470 x 785 905 x 765 x 1458 

KBF 720 

700 1000 x 600 x 1168 1234 x 867 x 1816 

KBF ICH 720 

700 1000 x 600 x 1168 1234 x 867 x 1816 

744 

1 

Environmental simulation cabinets for constant atmosphere, KBF series 

E & OE. 



The KBF series climatic test chambers are the ideal units for precise, reliable 

standardised simulation of all climatic conditions under constant atmosphere. This 

includes conforming to standards for processing items for preservation and (photo) stability tests in accordance with 

international EN standards and the ICH guidelines (CPMP/ICH/380/95/Q1A and Q1B). With a varied temperature 

capability and offering the widest possible climate range, KBF series is the perfect alternative to expensive test 

chambers and rooms. 

APT.Line temperature technology guarantees unbeatable temperature accuracy and safely prevents the appearance 

of condensation. The high power capabilities in the heating and refrigeration units provide the precise simulation of 

extreme climate conditions. The microprocessor-controlled, humidification and dehumidification system guarantees a 

humidity range of 10% to 90% R.H. with humidity accuracy up to ±1% R.H. The humidity system uses tap water, a 

definite advantage for easy installation, convenience and maximum reliability for continuous use. APT-COM BINDER 

software 

fulfils all requirements of modern documentation and complete archiving of data. 

- Range: -10°C to 100°C (without humidity) 

- Microprocessor-controlled humidification and dehumidification system with humidity range of 10% to 90%, ±1% 

R.H. 

- For use with normal tap water 

- Maintenance-free, precision, capacitance humidity sensor 

- Direct refrigeration system with R134a environmentally-friendly refrigerant 

- Optional humidity unit for photostability tests, conforming to ICH requirements available 

- Temperature selection monitor (Class 3.1). 

- Inner glass doors with smooth internal surfaces. 

- Ethernet or RS422 communication interface for APT-COM software 

- Temperature calibration and validation available on request 

- A wide range of options and accessories are also available on request 

- KBF series with ICH-compliant illumination: 

- ICH-compliant illumination in the doors for photostability tests in accordance with the ICH guideline Q1B, Option 2 

- Vertically positioned illumination in both doors (10 light tubes) 

- Fulfils all criteria of the ICH guideline for the visible and the ultraviolet part of the light spectrum. 


333 


standard 

standard 

ICH-conformance specification 

standard 

ICH-conformance specification 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 577 

9.883 582 

9.883 583 

9.883 579 

9.883 584


1 



Plant growth chambers with optimal lighting conditions, KBW series 

Combining precision with maximum dynamics, KBW exceeds any requirements with 

BINDER 

respect to optimal lighting and temperature conditions for exactly defined growth 

processes. Extremely short reaction times keep all parameters in equilibrium - simulating nature as never before. 

Operation is truly enhanced by the integral real-time clock function in the controller. 


- electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology 

- temperature range: -10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F) 

- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively switchable to 1 programme with 20 

segments 

- the time interval of individual segments can be adjusted up to a maximum of either 99:59 hours or 999:59 hours. 

This adjustment applies to all programmes. 

- adjustable ramp functions via programme editor 

- integrated 7-day programme timer with real time function for programming day/night cycles 

- digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1°C 

- adjustable fan speed (0 to 100 %) 

- elapsed time indicator 

- flexible illumination cassettes with 4 daylight fluorescent tubes 

- access port, 30mm (1.2 inch) dia , right side, top and bottom 

- inner glass door 

- independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880), with visible and aaudible alarm 

- environmentally friendly refrigerant R 134a 

- RS422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software, or switch over to printer output with 

RS232/RS422 interface converter 

- adjustable printing intervals 

- stainless steel shelves 



External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

KBW 240 

240 650 x 470 x 785 905 x 765 x 1458 

KBW 400 

400 650 x 470 x 1308 884 x 716 x 1850 

KBW 720 

720 1000 x 600 x 1168 1234 x 867 x 1816 

Adjustable in 3 stages 

E & OE. 


1 

333 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 573 

9.883 535 

9.883 574 

745

1 



Heating/Incubators, drying cabinets, test chambers, hybridization chambers-Incubators 

746 

1 

Plant growth chambers with optimal climatic conditions, KBWF series 


BINDER 

- Temperature range: -5°C to 100°C (23°F to 212°F) without humidity and illumination 

- Temperature range: 20°C to 90°C (68°F to 194°F) with humidity respective to illumination 

- Humidity range: 10% to 90% 

- MCS controller for temperature, humidity, and illumination with 25 storable programmes of 100 segments each to a 

maximum of 500 segments, for programming day/night cycles 




- Illumination system with variable adjustable light boxes with 5 daylight fluorescent tubes 

- Electronically controlled humidification and dehumidification system using tap water 

- Capacitve humidity sensor with SPH technology 

- Independent, adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880), with visible and audible temperature 

alarm 

- 2 access ports, 30 mm (1.2 inch) dia. each, at top and bottom at the right side 



- Complete safety connection hose kit for water supply and drain (total length 6m/19.7 ft.) 

- Ethernet or rather RS 422 interface for APT-COM DataControlSystem communication software 

- 2 stainless steel shelves 



External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

KBWF 240 

240 800 x 500 x 600 

1034 x 745 x 1142 

KBWF 720 

720 1000 x 600 x 1168 

1234 x 867 x 1816 

2 

2 

Hybridisation Incubator 7601 

E & OE. 


PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.883 575 

9.883 576 

For exact hybridisations of DNA and RNA probes with nucleic acid on filter paper and for 

GFL 

incubations of protein blots with antibodies. The small quantity of hybridisation liquid 

that is required enables the user to work with high concentrations of probes or antibodies. Other applications are also 

possible. Instead of the removable rotating rack, the Incubator's interior can be equipped with up to five, non-tilt and 

pull-out, trays (accessories). The unit bears the CE mark. 

- microprocessor-controlled temperature regulation. Temperature range: approx. 8°C above ambient to +99.9°C, 

Temperature constancy (temporal): ±0.5°C. Temperature setting and display: digital - LED, in 0.1°C increments. 

- the ventilator ensures optimum temperature distribution throughout the cabinet interior 

- overtemperature cut-out: electronical, with visual alarm at 4°C above the set temperature, and electro-mechanical 

> 130°C. Electronic monitoring. 

- variable rotating rack for up to 8 hybridisation bottles 51mm dia. or 16 hybridisation bottles 32mm dia. Rack 

rotation speed: 10 per minute, fixed 

- soft-touch keys with clear symbols 

- clear view of the interior cabinet through a large 16mm thick, heat-insulating, acrylic glass window 

- switches for two 15W cabinet lamps 

- interior chamber and rotisserie are stainless steel 

- two clip wheels with 8 spring clips (type 7937) and 4 hybridisation bottles (type 7945) are included as standard 

- housing: electrolytically galvanized, sheet steel 

- WxDxH (internal): 400 x 330 x 380 mm W x D x H (external): 580 x 610 x 650 mm 

- supply requirements: 230V 50/60Hz, 550 W (other voltages are available - details on request) 

- weight: 45kg 


7601 1 9.535 601


1 

Clip Wheel for Hybridisation Incubator 7601 

Stainless steel, with holes for spring clips. Two clip wheels are included. Two more clip 

wheels can be inserted to double the capacity of shorter vessels. 


7940 1 9.535 640 

2 

Spring Clips for Hybridisation Incubator 7601 

To attach hybridisation bottles onto the clip wheels. Two spring clips are required for 

each bottle. The required fixings are supplied with each clip. Eight spring clips 7937 are 

normally supplied. 

Type For dia. PK Cat. No. 

mm 

7935 spring clip 32 (16/32) * 

7936 spring clip 38 (8/16) * 

7937 spring clip 51 (8/16) * 

* Maximum number of clips per clip plate/number of clips required. 

3 

Special Hybridisation Bottles 

E & OE. 



Heating/Incubators 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

GFL 

9.535 635 

9.535 636 

9.535 637 

Accessories for Hybridisation Incubator 7601 (see also GFL Tube Roller Incubator 

GFL 

4020). 

Borosilicate glass, with plastic screw cap perforated with 0.5mm centre hole for pressure compensation (also available 

unperforated on request). 

Type Dia. Length Max. bottles 

per rack 

7943 

7944 

7945 

4 

mm mm 

32 

38 

51 

273 

273 

273 

16 

8 

8 

Perforated Tray for Hybridisation Incubator 7601 

Stainless steel, can only be used instead of the rotisserie, max. five trays. 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.535 643 

9.535 644 

9.535 645 


7914 1 9.535 614 



whole 


GFL 

1 

2 

3 

4 

747

1 

2 

3 

4 



748 

1 

Microplate incubator, SI19 

E & OE. 



A dedicated microtitration plate incubator, working volume 20 litres. Up to 48 x 96-well 

Stuart 

plates can be held, evenly distributed onto four pull-out stainless steel shelves, one or 

two layers deep. Precise, even temperature control is maintained throughout the chamber by forced circulation of 

preheated air from one side to the other across the plates. When filled with 24 x 96-well plates evenly distributed and 

at a temperature setting of +37°C, variation of temperature between shelves is maintained to within ±0.5°C and 

fluctuation to within ±0.5°C. A removable stainless steel tray in the chamber base may be filled with water to 

increase humidity. The 10mm clear acrylic door opens upwards. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 280W. 

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection. 

Temperature range °C: Amb. + 8°C to +80°C 

Usable volume litres: 20 litres 

Temperature variation °C: ±0.5 

Temperature fluctuation °C: ±0.5 

Shelves supplied: 4 

Shelves supplied: 

Dimensions W x H x D 250x 230 x 200mm 

Internal: 380 x 380 x 435mm 

External: 

Weight kg: 20 kg 


SI19 1 9.951 744 

2 3 4 

Total visibility incubators, SI60/SI60D 

As described. Capacity 60 litres. Maximum temperature 60°C. With hinged front and top 

Stuart 

panels, temperature control system with preset at 37°C, safety temperature cut-out, air 

circulating fan and holes for gas or cable introduction. Supplied flat packed for assembly by the user. For 220-240V 

50Hz single phase supplies. Without base plate or shelf rack system. 

With BioCote, silver-based, antimicrobial protection on the metal surfaces. 


SI60, 60 litres, 

dial control 

SI60D, 60 litres, digital 

set-and-read control 

Total visibility incubators, SI60 series, accessories 

1 

1 

9.951 603 

9.951 604 

Stuart 


Base plate 

Shelf rack system, plastic coated wire 

1 

1 

9.951 605 

9.951 606


1 2 

1 2 3 

Shaking Incubators 3031, 3032 and 3033 with Orbital Motion 

Specialising in gentle mixing as well as vigorous shaking, GFL Shaking Incubators are 

used for applications that require exactly reproducible orbital motions and temperatures 

of up to +70°C, e.g. incubations, fermentations, homogenisations, chemical and biochemical reactions, enzyme and 

tissue studies, as well as for bacterial culture. The units bear the CE mark. Incubation time, temperature and shaking 

frequency regulation are microprocessor-controlled. Fast and exact temperature setting, exact reproducibility of set 

values. 

- built-in RS232 serial interface for remote control of measurement and control tasks via PC, compatible with PC 

software programme e.g. labworldsoft ® 

GFL 

- temperature range: from 8°C above ambient to +70°C. Serial cooling coil for operation below ambient temperature. 

Operation with cooling coil: +20°C to +70°C (dependent on cooling media and ambient temperature) 

- temperature constancy (temporal): ±0.2°C 


- setting and display of temperature (in 0.1°C increments), shaking frequency and incubation time: digital - LED. 

- optimum temperature distribution throughout the cabinet interior with a ventilator 

- electronic monitoring of the temperature controller. Over-temperature cut-out: electronical/dependent on the set 

value, to protect the test substances, and electro-mechanically, to protect the unit. Under-temperature cut-out: 

electronical, max. 9.9°C below set temperature. 

- shaking motion: orbital, can be switched on and off. 

- silent and robust shaking mechanism with gentle start-up. 

- Incubation time: 1 minute to 999:59 hours 

- the microprocessor-controlled timer continuously displays the remaining period of the incubation process and 

triggers an audible alarm at the finish 

- Maximum load 3031/3032/3033: 12kg/12kg/20kg 

- Supply requirements: 230V 50/60 Hz, 0.8kW (other voltages are available on request) 

Type 3031: 

Lift-up, transparent acrylic cover. Volume/capacity: approx. 46 litres/1 shaking tray. Outer casing made of heavy-duty 

ABS and powder-coated, electrolytically galvanized sheet steel. The aluminium shaking platform, 

includes four plastic pins to accept a shaking tray or a universal mount (accessories). 

- shaking frequency: 10 to 250rpm max. 

Type 3032 (one-door design)/Type 3033 (two-door design): 

Acrylic window panels. Volume: approx. 45L/approx. 150L, capacity: 2 shaking trays (for vessel heights > 150 

mm/180 mm: 1 shaking tray). Outer casing in powder-coated, electrolytically 

galvanized sheet steel. Interior cabinet, the insides of the doors and the shaking platform are stainless steel. The 

frame, permitting the use of two shaking trays, is included. A fluorescent lamp for interior illumination is separated 

from the interior cabinet by a diffusing screen. 

- Shaking speed type 2032: 10 to max. 250rpm 

- Shaking speed type 3033: 10 to max. 250rpm, if only bottom tray is fitted, max. 200rpm, if both trays are fitted 

Type Amplitude Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

3031 

3032 

3033 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

mm mm mm kg kg 

30 

25 

25 

450 x 450 x 280 

450 x 300 x 320 

674 x 540 x 430 

525 x 665 x 570 

710 x 650 x 710 

930 x 890 x 820 

E & OE. 




Max. Weight PK Cat. No. 

12 

12 

20 

38.50 

70.00 

135.00 

3 

15 

1 

1 

1 

9.837 926 

9.837 927 

9.837 929 

749

1 

2 

3 

4 



750 

1 

Trays for Shaking Incubators 3031, 3032 and 3033 

Tray 3966 for Shaking Incubator 3031 and GFL Shakers 3011 to 3018 

Stainless steel, 450 x 450 mm. With holes to accept clamps for Erlenmeyer flasks and 

other acessories. 

E & OE. 



Tray 3970 for Shaking Incubator 3032 

Stainless steel, 450 x 300 mm. With holes to accept clamps for Erlenmeyer flasks and other acessories. 

Tray 3980 for Shaking Incubator 3031 and GFL Shakers 3019 to 3020 

Anodised aliminium, 670 x 537 mm. With holes to accept clamps for Erlenmeyer flasks and other acessories. 

Type For Type PK Cat. No. 

Platform 3966 

Platform 3970 

Platform 3980 

2 

3031 / 3011 to 3018 

3032 

3033 / 3019 / 3020 

Clamps for Erlenmeyer Flasks 

Clamps for Shaking Incubators 3031/3032/3033 with orbital motion, to be screwed 

onto trays 3966, 3970 and 3980. Made of stainless steel. Complete with fixing 

material (see also GFL Shakers 3005 to 3020). 

Type For 

flasks 

3983 

3984 

3985 

3986 

3987 

3988 

3989 

3989 

25 

50 

100 

200 

250-300 

500 

1000 

2000 

Max. clips per 

platform refs. 

ml 3966/3970/3980 

79/52/99 

49/33/99 

36/22/50 

22/15/26 

16/13/26 

12/10/26 

9/6/12 

-/3/9 

3032 (Shaking tray 3970): Clamps for 300ml and larger: 1 tray only can be used 

3033 (Shaking tray 3980): Clamps for 1000ml and larger: 1 tray only can be used 

Other clamps on request 

3 4 

Type Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

Mini incubator 4010 

Mini roller incubator 4020 

Mini Incubator 4010 and Mini Tube Roller Incubator 4020 

1 

1 

1 

GFL 

9.837 936 

9.837 990 

9.837 980 

GFL 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.837 983 

9.837 984 

9.837 985 

9.837 986 

9.837 987 

9.837 988 

9.837 989 

9.837 991 

Both models are well suited for incubations that require exactly reproducible 

GFL 

temperatures in development and research laboratory applications. 

Mini Incubator 4010: also suitable for warming and drying of samples. 

Mini Tube Roller Incubator 4020: also suitable for hybridisations that require exactly reproducible temperatures. 

Compact, little space required for versatile applications directly on the workbench. Lift-up, transparent acrylic, covers 

permit a clear view of the cultures in the interior cabinet. The units bear the CE mark. 

- microprocessor-controlled temperature regulation, temperature range: approx. 8°C above ambient to +60°C, 

temperature variation (temporal): ±0.2°C 

- temperature setting and display: digital - LED, in 0.1°C increments 

- fan ventilation ensures optimum temperature distribution throughout the cabinet interior 

- electronic monitoring of the temperature controller, electronic overtemperature cut-out, with visual alarm at 4°C 

above the set value, and electro-mechanical >130°C 


- Outer casings made of powder-coated, electrolytically galvanized, sheet steel 

- W/D/H (outside): 280/510/280 

- Mains supply: 230 V 50/60 Hz/0.3 kW (other are voltages on request) 

- Net/gross weight: 4010 9.9/11.8kg, 4020 11.8/13.7kg 

Mini Incubator 4010: Perforated tray and bottom tray made of stainless steel. 

Mini Tube Roller Incubator 4020: Removable rotisserie, made of stainless steel, to accept hybridisation bottles from 

32mm to 76mm dia. (can be placed individually or in pairs, even with different diameters - the outer axles can be 

placed into pre-fabricated seats without the use of tools). Even results and high resolutions of the detections even 

when in continuous use due to its constant frequency of 12rpm. 

Max. 

load 

Capacity Movement 

type 

mm kg litres rpm 

230 x 310 x 170 

230 x 300 x 140 

Special hybridisation bottles for Tube Roller Incubator 4020: see Hybridisation Incubator 7601 (accessories). 

5 

3 

12 

10 

- 

rotating 

Speed PK Cat. No. 

- 

12, fixed 

1 

1 

9.535 605 

9.535 607


1 2 3 

1 2 3 

Incubator with orbital shaker SI500 

This combined shaker and incubator is ideal for scientists doing cell culturing 

procedures, especially suspension culture applications. It is compact enough to be 

positioned on the laboratory bench. 

The shaker provides an orbital shaking motion, adjustable between 30 to 300rpm with a gentle start. The speed is 

microprocessor controlled and set via the digital LED control panel. The incubator also incorporates a versatile digital 

timer which can be set from 1 second to 9 days. After the timer has counted down the shaking action will stop and an 

alert will sound as a safety feature. The incubator will continue to run. 

The incubator features smoked acrylic windows in the door and to both sides to allow easy visibility of the samples. 

The incubator temperature is set via a separate bright LED display, encoder control ensures that the temperature can 

be quickly set between ambient temperature +5°C and 60°C. Forced air circulation ensures uniform heating of the 

load. 

The SI500 platform has a versatile clamping system which secures most sizes and mixtures of flask up to 1 litre 

capacity. Typically, the platform will accommodate the following Erlenmeyer flasks: 12 x 250 ml, or 9 x 500 ml or 6 x 

1000 ml. 

The unit features a retractable platform. Under normal use the platform is locked in place but whilst accessing your 

samples the platform can be drawn forward out of the chamber to allow easiest access to samples at the back of the 

incubator. 

The SI500 also features a USB connection and dedicated software to enable long term monitoring of the incubator 

temperature, i.e. over weekends. 

A wide range of stainless steel accessory racks are available to hold 1.5ml, 15ml and 50ml sample tubes, the angle of 

the tubes can be adjusted up to 30°. Accessory racks are held to the orbiting platform by a patent pending Magnalock 

system, allowing quick coupling and de-coupling without tools. 


Temperature range: Ambient + 5°C to + 60°C 

Display resolution: 0.1°C 

Precision: ±0.5°C 

Fluctuation: ±0.5°C 

Variation: < 0.5°C 

Speed range: 30 to 300 rpm 

Orbit diameter: 16 mm 

Platform size: 335 x 335 mm 

Internal dimensions (WxDxH): 422 x 408 x 297 mm 


Maximum vessel height: 250 mm 

Maximum load: 10 kg 

Net weight: 30 kg 

Heater power: 250 W 

Supply requirements: 230 V 50 Hz, 300 W 

E & OE. 





SI500 1 9.951 612 

Tube racks for Shaking incubator SI500 


SI500/1 

SI500/2 

SI500/3 

SI500/4 

64 x 1.5 ml microtubes 

25 x 15 ml centrifuge tubes 

12 x 50 ml centrifuge tubes 

16 x 30 ml universal containers 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Stuart 

Stuart 

6.234 298 

9.645 346 

6.234 299 

9.645 347 

751

1 




External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

BD 23 

20 222 x 277 x 330 433 x 516 x 492 

BD 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 575 x 617 

BD 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 645 x 702 

BD 240 

240 800 x 500 x 600 1034 x 745 x 822 

BD 400 

400 1000 x 500 x 800 1234 x 765 x 1022 

BD 720 

720 1000 x 600 x 1200 1234 x 865 x 1528 

2 

752 

1 

Microbiological incubators with natural convection, BD series 

E & OE. 



BD series incubators are specially designed for long-term, stable, continuous operation. 

BINDER 

Ideal for gentle incubation of organisms in petri dishes and also for conditioning of heat 

sensitive media. 




- DS controller with integral timer: 0 to 99 hours 

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1°C 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880), with visual alarm 

- Adjustable ventilation by means of rear exhaust duct, 50 mm (2 inch) diameter with ventilation flap and front 

ventilation slide 


- RS 422 interface for communication software APT-COM DataControlSystem 




2 


with RS422 

with RS422 

with RS422 

with RS422 

with RS422 

with RS422 

CO2 Incubators C 150 series 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 599 

9.883 605 

9.883 606 

9.883 607 

9.883 603 

9.883 604 

The C 150 sets new standards for cell culture: contamination-free due to the hot air 

BINDER 

sterilization function at 180°C, stable pH using a drift-free FPI infrared measurement 

system, superior temperature precision with excellent dynamics and an interior that is condensation-free, even at high 

humidity levels, to ensure ultimate growth conditions. Used stand alone, or as a stack, the C 150 is easily accessible. 

Standard features: 

- Temperature range 7°C (13°F) above ambient up to 50°C (122°F) 

- Air jacket system ensures temperature accuracy and reproducible results 

- Water pan with built-in condensation control maintains dry interior walls up to 95% RH 

- Standard compliant 180°C (356°F) hot air sterilization using an overnight cycle period (acc to. DIN 58947, 

Pharmacopoeias, ANSI) 

- Weldless, deep-drawn, inner chamber made of stainless steel with integrated shelf support system 

- Drift free, infrared, CO2 measurement system 

- Microprocessor with LED display for temperature and CO2 concentration 

- Various alarm and status displays 

- Automatic diagnostic system with optical and audible alarm, as well as zero-voltage relay contact for central 

monitoring 

- Lockable controller keyboard via 3 digit password 

- Independent adjustable temperature safety device class 3.1, providing full protection against chamber overtemperature, 

with visual and audible temperature alarm 

- Gas mixing head 

- Tightly closing, inner glass door 

- Lockable door 

- Door hinged left or right (factory option) 

- Units are stackable with stacking adapter 

- 3 perforated shelves made of stainless steel 

- Binder test certiicate 

Description Internal External 

Internal 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

Door right 

150 680 x 815 x 819 500 x 500 x 600 

Door left 

150 680 x 815 x 819 500 x 500 x 600 

Door right, 2 x CO2 incubators, 

incl. stacking adapter 

150 680 x 815 x 1783 500 x 500 x 600 

Door left, 2 x CO2 incubators, 

incl. stacking adapter 

150 680 x 815 x 1783 500 x 500 x 600 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 720 

9.883 721 

9.883 722 

9.883 723


1 

Refrigerated microbiological incubators with programme controller, KB series 

KB is the all-rounder for work with microorganisms. With its wide range of individual 

programming functions, including real-time clock function and an incredibly large 

temperature range, it can be used for a broad spectrum of sophisticated applications in laboratories. The APT.line 

preheating chamber and the refrigeration system will ensure rapid recovery times and maximum precision, unaffected 

by the ambient temperature. 


- Electronically controlled APT.line preheating chamber technology with DCT refrigeration system 

- Temperature range: -10°C to 100°C (14°F - 212°F) KB 23 Benchtop: 0°C - 100°C (32°F - 212°F) 

- MP controller with 2 programmes each with 10 segments, alternatively switchable to 1 programme with 20 

segments 


applies to all programmes. 


- Integrated 7-day programme timer with real time function 

- Digital temperature setting with an accuracy of 0.1o BINDER 

C 



- Independent adjustable temperature safety device, Class 3.1 (DIN 12880) with visual and acoustic alarm 






- Units up to 115 litres (4.1 cu.ft) are stackable 

- 2 stainless steel racks 



External 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

KB 23 

20 222 x 277 x 330 433 x 516 x 618 

KB 53 

53 400 x 330 x 400 634 x 576 x 837 

KB 115 

115 600 x 400 x 480 834 x 646 x 1022 

KB 240 

240 650 x 470 x 785 650 x 485 x 785 

KB 400 

400 650 x 470 x 1308 884 x 716 x 1850 

KB 720 

720 1000 x 600 x 1168 1234 x 867 x 1816 

2 

CO2 Incubators 

E & OE. 





with RS 422 

Standard 

Standard 

Standard 

Standard 

Standard 

CB series, with oxygen control and gas-tight, individually separated glass inner doors 

and shelves. 

Type Internal External 

Internal 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

CB 150 

150 680 x 722 x 919 500 x 500 x 600 

CB 210 

210 740 x 722 x 1069 560 x 500 x 750 

BINDER 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 528 

9.883 568 

9.883 569 

9.883 570 

9.883 571 

9.883 572 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.883 709 

9.883 708 

753

1 

2 



754 

1 2 


Internal 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

CB 53 

53 580 x 720 x 545 400 x 400 x 332 

CB 150 

150 680 x 722 x 919 500 x 500 x 600 

CB 210 

210 740 x 722 x 1069 560 x 500 x 750 

CO2 Incubators 

CO2 incubators, CB series 

E & OE. 



The proven, APT.Line air jacket temperature technology combined with the latest FPI- 

CO2 sensor technology guarantee precise growth rates which are reproducible at any 

time. The patented Permadry ® BINDER 

-System guarantees maximum humidity up to 97% R.H. in the chamber whilst the 

inside walls remain completely dry. The new FPI- CO2 sensing system ensures rapid recovery to the set CO2 level after 

the doors have been opened because, unlike other measuring systems, it works independently of the air humidity 

with its sluggish recovery time. The new, patented gas mixing head guarantees an absolutely homogeneous CO2 

concentration in the entire chamber without venting. The CB series are designed to eliminate various contamination 

risks and offer the highest safety standards. The unique construction of the unvented chamber, without any external 

connections provides the best protection against contamination because uncontrolled draughts, causing bacterial 

cross-over, are safely prevented. 

For applications: 

Life science, clinical medicine, veterinary medicine, pharmaceutical industry, food industry, toxicology, basic research 

in biology and pre-clinical medicine. 

- Temperature range: ambient 7°C to 60°C 

- Permadry ® -System 

- FPI- CO2 measuring system 

-CO2 mixing head 

- Electronic self-diagnosis system with potential-free alarm output 

- Hot-air sterilization routine at 187.5°C 

- Seamless, deep-drawn chamber, available in stainless steel or copper 

- Removable, detachable plug-in carrier 

- Class 3.1 temperature controller TWW (DW 12880) 

- Optional RS422 communication interface for use with external PC and APT-COM software 

- Calibration and validation possible 

- Interior volume: 150/210 litres 


- Other options and accessories available on request 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 725 

9.883 701 

9.883 702 

CB series with gastight, divided glass doors and divided shelves. BINDER 


Internal 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

CB 150 

150 680 x 722 x 600 500 x 500 x 600 

CB 210 

210 740 x 722 x 1069 560 x 500 x 750 

CO2 incubators CB 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.883 707 

9.883 706 

CB with O2 adjustment. BINDER 


Internal 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

(W x D x H) 

litres mm mm 

CB 53 

53 580 x 720 x 545 400 x 400 x 332 

CB 150 

150 680 x 722 x 919 500 x 500 x 600 

CB 210 

210 740 x 722 x 1069 560 x 500 x 750 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.883 724 

9.883 704 

9.883 703

100° 

90° 

80° 

70° 

60° 

50° 

40° 

30° 

20° 

10° 



P.O. Box 1720 


Tel. +49 (0) 9122 / 925 - 0 

Fax +49 (0) 9122 / 145 85 









www.wenk-labtec.com

1 




dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

756 

1 

Constant Climate Chamber Model HPP 108 

E & OE. 



Standard Features 

Memmert 


- forced air, fan ventilation 

- adaptive, fuzzy-supported, multifunctional PID-controller, for stepless control of Peltier heating/cooling system - 

without refrigerant 

- autodiagnostic system with fault indication on temperature and humidity control 

- 2 x Class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and maintaining performance at the same 


- digital, 7-day, programme-timer with real time clock and precise minute setting 

- integrated timer for heating/cooling profiles of up to 40 ramps, each segment adjustable from 1 min. up to 999 

hours 

- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, day, time, humidity and set-up values - language 

chosen in setup 

- digital display of set /actual values: 0.1°C 

- GLP-compliant archiving of all relevant data, via 1024kB memory data logger 

- non-volatile memory 

- parallel printer interface (incl. real-time clock with date function) for all PCL3-compatible, ink-jet printers, providing 

GLP-compliant documentation 

- USB interface and Memmert "Celsius" software for programming and documentation 

- chip card control incl. one MEMoryCard XL with 32 kB (up to 40 ramps) 

- incl. works calibration certificate for +10°C and +37°C at 60% RH 

Humidifying and dehumidifying system: 

- active humidifying and dehumidifying from 10 to 90% RH with digital display (resolution : 0.5%, setting accuracy 

1% RH) 

- humidity supplied by distilled water from external tank using self-priming pump 

- humidification by hot steam generator 

- dehumidification by cold-trap using Peltier technology 

Multiple Overtemperature Protection 

- with audible and visual alarms in case of over-/under temperature and/or humidity, or empty water tank 

- independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature controller, TWW protection class 3.3 



Textured Stainless Steel Housing: 

- fully insulated, stainless steel door with double locking and 4-point adjustment 


- rear panel: zinc-plated steel 

Interior: 

- easy-to-clean, hermetically welded, 1.4301 (ASTM 304) stainless steel interior, reinforced by deep-drawn ribbing, 

with 2 stainless steel wire shelves (HPP 749), 2 perforated stainless steel shelves (HPP 108) 

Heating- and cooling system: 

- energy-saving, Peltier heating-/cooling system integrated into the rear housing 

Temperature Range: 

- from +5°C up to +70°C 

- temperature variation in chamber at 10°C and 37°C: < ±0.4°C 

Voltage/Power Rating: 

- 230V (±10%) 50/60Hz 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 


HPP 108 108 

560 x 400 x 480 

710 x 760* x 620 

66 

350 

HPP 749 749 

1040 x 600 x 1200 1190 x 825* x 1620 218 

1050 


E0 (X) Perforated stainless steel shelf 

Q1 IQ check list with works test data for unit as support for validation by customer 

Q3 Extra for FDA conformance software, "Celsius 

FDA-Edition" 

V1 Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card) 

V2 

V4 

V3 

W4 

W6 

W7 

Interface RS485 (for cross linking of several devices) instead of USB 

MEMoryCard XL 

Temperature profile write/read unit for programming 

via PC, for writing to and reading from the chip card, 

up to 40 ramps 

Ethernet interface instead of RS 232 Software 

"Celsius- Ethernet-Edition" included 

RS232 instead of USB 

USB connection cable for computer interface 


1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 000 

9.868 001 

6.232 520 

9.867 729 

9.867 730 

9.867 725 

9.867 713 

9.867 727 

7.082 551 

9.867 720 

9.867 722 

9.867 724

Filtration 

MACHEREY-NAGEL 

Find out about high-quality products for filtration. As one of the leading filter paper manufacturers, 

we offer more than 7000 products from the following ranges: 

• Quantitative (ashless) filter papers 

• Qualitative filter papers 

• Glass fibre filters 

• Filter papers for technical applications 

• Extraction thimbles 

• PORAFIL ® filter membranes 

• CHROMAFIL ® syringe filters 

• CHROMABOND ® MULTI 96 filters 

• Special products and costum-made products 

• ... and many more 

Quality „Made in Germany“ 

We produce our filter papers exclusively in Germany. Thereby we guarantee constant high quality 

for our customers. 

With pride we look back to a almost 100-year-old successful history. Founded in 1911 MACHEREY- 

NAGEL today is a worldwide operating company. We develop and produce a large number of 

special products for analytical chemistry. 

• Filter and filtration products 

• Rapid tests for environmental, process and food analysis 

• Test papers for medical urine analysis 

• Consumables for chromatography 

• Kits for purification of DNA and proteins 

Be prepared for the future 

Rely on MACHEREY-NAGEL filter papers at any time in the future. As a family-owned company the 

friendly expert advice for our highly-valued customers as well as outstanding product quality have 

been the cornerstones of our corporate success for almost 100 years. 

MACHEREY-NAGEL 

www.wenk-labtec.com

1 




dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

HCP 108 

HCP 153 

HCP 246 

758 

1 

Humidity Chamber Model HCP 108 

E & OE. 




Memmert 

- uniform atmosphere and temperature distribution owing to enclosed non-turbulent 

ventilation system in working chamber 



- 2 x Class A , 4-wire-circuit, Pt100 sensors mutually monitoring and maintaining the performance at the same 


- digital 7-day-programme-timer with real time clock, precise minute setting 

- integrated timer for tempering profiles of up to 40 ramps, each segment adjustable from 1 min.up to 999 hours 

- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, weekdays, time, humidity and set-up values - 


- digital display of set values (resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 0.5°C above 100°C) and actual values (resolution: 

0.1°C) of temperature (LED) 

- active control for humidifying and dehumidifying (20 to 95% rh) with digital display of relative humidity - resolution 

of display: 0.5%,setting accuracy 1% 

- humidity supplied by distilled water from external tank using self-priming pump 

- long-term documentation (ring store) of all relevant data, GLP-compliant data logger - 1024 kB 

- non-volatile memory 


documentation 

- USB interface including Memmert "Celsius" software for programming and documentation 


- 2nd chip card (STERICard) for sterilization of working chamber with fixed cycle (4 hours/160°C) without removal of 

sensors 

Heating Concept: 

- large-area multi-function heating system on four sides incl. additional door and back heating to avoid condensation 

- incl. works calibration certificate for +60°C 


- with audible and visual alarm in case of over-/undertemperature and over-/under-humidity, open door and empty 

water tank 





Textured stainless Steel housing: 

- W x H x D: 630 x 938 x 650mm 

- fully insulated stainless steel door with double locking and 4-point adjustment 


- zinc-plated steel rear panel 

Interior: 

- easy-to-clean interior, made of stainless steel, reinforced by deep drawn ribbing,material no. 1.4301, electropolished 

and hermetically welded 

- 2 perforated stainless steel shelves 

Temperature Range: 

- with humidity: from +20°C (however at least 8°C above ambient temperature) up to + 90°C 

- without humidity: from +20°C (however at least 8°C above ambient temperature) up to + 160°C 

- temperature variation in chamber at 90°C: < ±0.5°C 

Voltage/Power Rating: 

- 230V (±10%) 50/60Hz 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 


108 

153 

246 

560 x 400 x 480 

480 x 500 x 640 

640 x 600 x 640 

* Depth without door handle, please add 38mm 

710 x 550* x 778 

630 x 650* x 938 

790 x 750* x 938 


70 

82 

110 

1000 

1500 

2000 

1 

1 

1 

6.229 955 

9.868 006 

6.230 984 


E7 

Q1 

Q3 

V1 

V2 

V3 

V4 


IQ check list with works test data for unit as support for validation by customer 

Extra for FDA conformance software, "Celsius FDA-Edition" 

Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card 

Interface RS485 (for cross linking of several devices) 

Temperature profile write/read unit for programming via PC, for writing to and reading from the chip card, up to 40 

ramps 

MEMoryCard XL 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.867 707 

9.867 729 

9.867 730 

9.867 701 

9.867 713 

7.082 551 

9.867 727


2 

Climatic Test Chamber CTC/Temperature Test chamber TTC 

Standard Equipment 


- high-performance air fan in working chamber 

- depending on operation status automatically variable fan speed with manual adjustment from 10 to 100% 



- 2 x Class A, 4-wire circuit, Pt100 sensors, mutually monitoring and maintaining performance at the same 


- digital 7-day-programme-timer with real time clock, precise minute setting 

- integral timer for heating profiles of up to 40 ramps, each segment adjustable from 1 min. up to 999 hours 

- digital display (LED) of all set parameters, such as temperature, weekdays, time, humidity and set-up values - 


- digital display of set values (resolution: 0.1°C below 99.9°C, 0.5°C above 100°C) and actual values (resolution: 

0.1°C) of temperature (LED) 

- 2 x 10 litre sumps acting as condensate collectors, on telescopic slide mounts 

- long-term documenting (ring store) of all relevant data, GLP-conforming as data logger - 1024 kB 

- programme stored on power failure 


documentation 

- USB interface including Memmert "Celsius" software for programming and documentation 


- incl. works calibration certificate for -20°C and +160°C 

- incl. works calibration certificate for +30°C at 60% RH 

Heating concept: 

- high-performance ring heaters with optimised air circulation 

- door heating to avoid condensate 

Cooling Concept 

- twin compressor 

- speed adjustable condenser fan 

- chlorine-free refrigerant R404A 


- with audible and visual alarm in case of over-/undertemperature and over-/under-humidity, open door and empty 

water tank 

- independently working, digitally adjustable electronic overtemperature controller, TWW protection class 3.3 



- mechanical temperature limiter TB class 1 switching the heating off at approx.10°C above max. oven temperature 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

CTC 256 

TTC 256 

Housing 

(W x D x H) 


256 

256 

640 x 597 x 670 

640 x 597 x 670 

Accessories CTC 256/ TTC 256 

898 x 1100 x 1730 

898 x 1100 x 1730 

E & OE. 




Memmert 


340 

340 

7000 

7000 

2 

333 

1 

1 

9.868 010 

9.868 011 

Memmert 


BO 

E3 

W9 

Q1 

Q3 

V1 

V2 

V3 

V4 

Full-sight glass door 

Stainless steel grid 

External control and logging package 

IQ check list with works test data for unit as support for validation by customer 

Extra for FDA conformance software, "Celsius FDA-Edition" 

Oven-linked authorisation card (user ID card) 

RS485 interface (for cross linking of several devices) instead of USB 

Temperature profile 

MEMoryCard XL 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.868 015 

9.868 016 

9.868 017 

9.867 729 

9.867 730 

9.867 725 

9.867 713 

9.867 726 

9.867 727 

759

1 


Heating/Incubators-Ovens, Furnaces 

760 

Rapid incinerator 

Up to 950°C. For individual and series incineration of solids and liquids. Upper platform 

with 8 openings of 34 mm diameter, for porcelain crucibles up to 50 mm diameter. 

Upper platform and housing made of stainless steel. With 120 minute timer with audible signal after timed period and 

separate continuous operation switch. A safety switch switches the mains supply off/on automatically on 

opening/closing the incinerator chamber. With 1.5 metre cable and earthed plug. 

Type SVR/E 

With electronic temeprature control which allows stepless heating adjustment from 10 to 100%. 

Type SVD 95. 

With digital temperature adjustment and display. 

Type EH 400. 

Complete, built-in heating element; Weight 1.6 kg, for SVR/E. 

Type EH 95. 

Complete, built-in heating element and integral thermocouple, for SVD 95. 

Temperature: 950°C max. 

Power: 2500 W 

Voltage: 230 V 

Dimensions: 450 x 310 x 180 mm 

Weight: 7 kg 

E & OE. 



Gestigkeit 


Rapid incinerator SVR/E 

Rapid incinerator SVD 95 

Accessories for Rapid incinerator 

Type EH 400. 

Complete, built-in heating element; Weight 1.6 kg, for SVR/E. 

Type EH 95. 

Complete, built-in heating element and integral thermocouple, for SVD 95. 

1 

1 

1 

9.884 140 

9.884 141 

Gestigkeit 


Heating element EH 400 for SVR/E 

Heating element EH 95 for SVD 95 

1 

1 

9.884 142 

9.884 143


1 

1 

Laboratory high temperature ovens 

- maximum operating temperatures of 400°C, 500°C and 600°C 

- chamber capacities of 30, 60 and 120 litres 

- good temperature uniformity 

- fast heat up and recovery times 

- polished stainless steel interior 

- stainless steel shelves with multi position settings 

- digital overtemperature protection 

- digital PID-Controller E301 

Type Max. 

temp. 

LHT 4/30 

LHT 4/60 

LHT 4/120 

HT 4/220 

LHT 5/30 

LHT 5/60 

LHT 5/120 

HT 5/220 

LHT 6/30 

LHT 6/60 

LHT 6/120 

HT 6/220 

2 

Power Capacity Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C W litres mm mm 

400 

400 

400 

400 

500 

500 

500 

500 

600 

600 

600 

600 

1000 

1500 

2250 

3000 

2000 

2250 

3000 

4500 

2000 

2250 

3000 

6000 

Chamber furnaces CWF 

28 

66 

128 

227 

28 

66 

128 

227 

28 

66 

128 

227 

300 x 305 x 300 

400 x 405 x 400 

460 x 405 x 650 

610 x 610 x 610 

300 x 305 x 300 

400 x 405 x 400 

460 x 405 x 650 

610 x 610 x 610 

300 x 305 x 300 

400 x 405 x 400 

460 x 405 x 650 

610 x 610 x 610 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

830 x 570 x 570 

930 x 670 x 670 

1030 x 920 x 670 

965 x 1145 x 1105 

830 x 570 x 570 

930 x 670 x 670 

1030 x 920 x 670 

965 x 1145 x 1105 

830 x 570 x 570 

930 x 670 x 670 

1030 x 920 x 670 

965 x 1145 x 1150 

- maximum operating temperatures of 1100°C and 1200°C 

- chamber capacities of 5, 13 or 23 litres 

- powerful, free radiating, coiled wire elements on both sides of the chamber ensure good thermal uniformity 

- hard wearing, refractory insulation inside the chamber and around the chamber entrance provides good resistance 

to abrasion 

- vertical, counter-balanced door keeps hot door insulation away from operator 

- positive break, door safety switch isolates chamber from power supply, when the door is opened 

- double skinned construction allows convection air flow to cool the outer case 

- wide range of applications (from ashing to hardening) 


Type Max. 

temp. 

CWF 11/5 

CWF 11/13 

CWF 11/23 

CWF 12/5 

CWF 12/13 

CWF 12/23 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C W L mm mm 

1100 

1100 

1100 

1200 

1200 

1200 

2400 

3100 

7500 

2400 

3100 

7500 

4.70 

13.00 

23.00 

4.70 

13.00 

23.00 

140 x 250 x 135 

200 x 325 x 200 

245 x 400 x 245 

140 x 250 x 135 

200 x 325 x 200 

245 x 400 x 245 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

375 x 485 x 585 

435 x 610 x 655 

505 x 675 x 705 

375 x 485 x 585 

435 x 610 x 655 

505 x 675 x 705 

E & OE. 



Heating/Ovens, Furnaces 

2 

Carbolite 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.764 289 

9.764 290 

9.764 291 

9.764 292 

9.764 293 

9.764 294 

9.764 295 

9.764 296 

9.764 297 

9.764 298 

9.764 299 

9.764 300 

Carbolite 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.764 251 

9.764 252 

9.764 253 

9.764 254 

9.764 255 

9.764 256 

761

1 



762 

1 

Economy laboratory furnaces ELF 

- maximum operating temperature of 1100°C 

- chamber capacity of 6, 14 and 23 litres 

- powerful free radiating coiled wire elements on both sides of the chamber ensure good temperature uniformity 

- hard ceramic hearth provides robust base, which can be replaced in the event of spillage 

- drop-down door can be used as shelf for loading/unloading 

- positive break door safety swtich isolates chamber from power supply, when door is opened 


- ideal for light duty applications requiring good thermal response 


Type Max. 

temp. 

ELF 11/6B 

ELF 11/14B 

ELF 11/23 

2 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C W litres mm mm 

1100 

1100 

1100 

2000 

3000 

5000 

Ashing/Burn off furnaces 

6 

14 

23 

180 x 200 x 165 

220 x 300 x 210 

255 x 400 x 235 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

410 x 420 x 580 

450 x 520 x 630 

505 x 660 x 715 

- maximum operating temperatures of 1100°C and 1200°C 

- AAF models: chamber capacity of 3, 7 and 18 litres 

- GSM model: chamber capacity of 8 litres 

- BWF models: chamber capacity of 13 litres 

- constant airflow with 4 to 5 volume changes per minute ensures rapid combustion 

- pre-heated air flow to maintain excellent temperature uniformity for AAF models 

- 3 & 7 litre models supplied with inconel tray & handle for easy loading/unloading 

- GSM model with fused quartz muffle with wire wound element; also ideal for minimising the presence of ceramic 

dust found in coventional chamber furnaces 

- BWF with additional air inlet holes in the door and a tall chimney 

- positive break door safety swtich isolates chamber from power supply, when door is opened 


- vertical counter balanced door keeps hot door insulation away from operator 


Type Max. 

temp. 

AAF 11/3* 

AAF 11/7* 

AAF 11/18* 

GSM 11/8 

BWF 11/13 

BWF 12/13 


dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C W L mm mm 

1100 

1100 

1100 

1100 

1100 

1100 

2000 

3900 

7000 

3000 

3100 

3100 

*with max. temperature 1200°C on request 

3.10 

6.90 

18.40 

7.20 

13.00 

13.00 

150 x 250 x 85 

170 x 455 x 90 

196 x 400 x 235 

175 x 345 x 120 

200 x 325 x 200 

200 x 325 x 200 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

370 x 485 x 580 

430 x 740 x 650 

505 x 675 x 705 

505 x 725 x 705 

435 x 610 x 655 

435 x 610 x 655 

E & OE. 


2 


Carbolite 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.764 101 

9.764 102 

9.764 103 

Carbolite 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.764 259 

9.764 260 

9.764 261 

9.764 262 

9.764 263 

9.764 264


1 2 

Muffle furnaces series LE 

-Tmax 1100°C, 1050°C working temperature 

Nabertherm 

- heating from both sides with heating elements in quartz tubes 

- multi-layer fibreboard insulation within the furnace 

- housing manufactured from high-grade textured stainless steel 

- folding door which can be used as a clipboard 

- exhaust air outlet in the furnace rear wall 

- silent, solid-state power control relay 

- R 6 controller supplied with models LE 2 and LE 4 with adjustable target temperature. Models LE 6 and LE 14 

available with controller B 150 (one ramp, one holding time, delayed start time) or optionally with controller C 250 

(9 programmes each with 4 ramps and holding times). 

Type Capacity Power Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

LE 2/11/R6 

LE 4/11/R6 

LE 6/11/B150 

LE 6/11/C290 

LE 14/11/B150 

LE 14/11/C290 

3 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

litres W mm mm kg 

2 

4 

6 

6 

14 

14 

1800 

1800 

1800 

1800 

2900 

2900 

110 x 180 x 110 

170 x 200 x 170 

170 x 200 x 170 

170 x 200 x 170 

220 x 300 x 220 

220 x 300 x 220 

Muffle furnaces series L3 - L40, Nabertherm ® 

275 x 380 x 350 

335 x 400 x 410 

510 x 400 x 320 

510 x 400 x 320 

555 x 500 x 375 

555 x 500 x 375 

E & OE. 





10.00 

15.00 

18.00 

18.00 

24.00 

24.00 

-Tmax 1100°C or 1200°C 

Nabertherm 

- ceramic heating plates with built-in heating wire, easy to replace 

- hardened vacuum-fibre, high-resistance muffle 

- housing manufactured from high grade stuctured stainless steel 

- double-walled housing for low surface temperature and high stability 

- Available with folding door (L) which can be used as a clipboard or without additional charge with a lift gate (LT), 

where the hot side will be averted from the user 

- adjustable air inlet in the door 

- exhaust air outlet in the furnace rear wall 

- silent electronic relay 

- Controller P330 with 9 programmes each with 4 ramps and holding times, PC interface.. Optional controller B180 

serially with adjustable ramp holding temperature and holding time 

Type Capacity Power Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

L3/11/P330 

L5/11/P330 

L9/11/P330 

L15/11/P330 

L24/11/P330 

L40/11/P330 

External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

litres W mm mm kg 

3 

5 

9 

15 

24 

40 

Other models available on request. 

1200 

2400 

3000 

3600 

4500 

6000 

160 x 140 x 100 

200 x 170 x 130 

230 x 240 x 170 

230 x 340 x 170 

280 x 340 x 250 

320 x 490 x 250 

380 x 370 x 420 

440 x 470 x 520 

480 x 550 x 570 

480 x 660 x 570 

560 x 660 x 650 

600 x 790 x 650 

1 

2 

3 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.764 537 

9.764 538 

9.764 539 

9.764 540 

9.764 541 

9.764 542 


20.00 

35.00 

45.00 

55.00 

75.00 

95.00 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.764 503 

9.764 505 

9.764 509 

9.764 507 

9.764 504 

9.764 506 

763

1 



Type Max. 

temp. 

HST 12/-/200 

HST 12/-/300 

HST 12/-/400 

HST 12/-/600 

HST 12/-/900 

VST 12/-/200 

VST 12/-/300 

VST 12/-/400 

VST 12/-/600 

VST 12/-/900 

HZS 12/-/600 

HZS 12/-/900 

TVS 12/-/600 

TVS 12/-/900 

2 

764 

1 

Zones Heated 

zone 

Tube furnaces 

E & OE. 



- maximum operating temperature 1200°C 

Carbolite 

- tube diameters up to 110 mm 

- heated lengths of 200, 300, 400, 600 and 900 mm 

- resistance wire heating elements are semiembedded in rigidised low thermal mass insulation 

- the split design offers the flexibility to lower or wrap the furnace around a fixed item 

- removable half tube adapters allow rapid changes for different size worktubes or workpieces up to 110 mm outer 

diameter 

- HST built on the horizontal base with a separate control box 

- VST built on the vertical stand with a separate control box 


Tube 

length 

°C mm mm 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3 

3 

3 

3 

2 

200 

300 

400 

600 

900 

200 

300 

400 

600 

900 

600 

900 

600 

900 

350 

450 

550 

750 

1050 

350 

450 

550 

750 

1050 

750 

1050 

750 

1050 

Infra-red furnace 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.764 236 

9.764 237 

9.764 238 

9.764 239 

9.764 240 

9.764 241 

9.764 242 

9.764 243 

9.764 244 

9.764 245 

9.764 246 

9.764 247 

9.764 248 

9.764 249 

This infra-red furnace (IR furnace) is heated by an IR radiator (double radiator), which 

Behr 

is precisely positioned in the focal distance of a polished metal cylinder with elliptical 

cross section. 

The IR radiation is reflected on the cylinder surface and focused on a second focal line. A silica tube runs along the 

second focal line and can be cross-flowed by an oxygen stream. The furnace heats up quickly (from room 

temperature to 1000°C in 10 sec) and is programmable, i.e. the temperature cycle can be programmed via a 

controller. 

Temperature measurements are taken by a thermocouple which is fixed in the cylinder interior. The cylinder consists 

of two half-shells which each surround the heating focal line. The combustion chamber is therefore visible. 

Furthermore its construction allows the upper cylinder shell to be displaced on rollers. This gives very rapid cooling of 

the furnace and allows access to the interior of the furnace area. 

A heatpipe cooling system accelerates the cooling process and makes it unnecessary to use expensive water cooling. 


Maximum furnace temperature along focal line: 1150°C 

Tube diameter, external.: 18 to 28mm 

IR furnace length (heated length): 200mm 

Maximum radiation strength: 1.5kW 

Dimensions (W x H x D in mm): 360 x 440 x 420 

Supply: 230V 50Hz 


Infrared furnace* silica tube 18 to 20 mm 1 9.882 105 

*without silica tube 

Infrared furnace for silica tube 22 to 24mm or 26 to 28mm are available on request. 

200


1 

Tube furnaces MTF/CTF/TZF 

- maximum operating temperatures of 900°C, 1000°C and 1200°C 

- 11 different standard models (MTF and CTF) for choice 

- MTF models: tube diameters range from 15 to 38 mm and heated lengths from 130 to 900 mm 

- CTF models: tube diameters of 65, 75 and 100 mm, heated lengths of 550, 700 and 900mm 

- TZF models: tube diameters range from 38 to 100mm and heated lengths from 400 to 900mm 

- integrated ceramic worktube 

- can be adapted to allow a non-oxidising atmosphere by fitting an additional work tube and end seals 

- thermocouple in separate sheath between worktube and heating element 

- mesh guard for low temperatures at the outer case 

- these furnaces can optionally be mounted vertically with a separate control box 

- controls located in control box (below furnace body) 


Type Max. 

temp. 

MTF 10/15/130 

MTF 10/25/130 

MTF 12/25/250 

MTF 12/25/400 

MTF 12/38/250 

MTF 12/38/400 

CTF 12/65/550 

CTF 12/75/700 

TZF 12/38/400 

TZF 12/65/550 

TZF 12/75/700 

2 3 

Heated 

zone 

Tube 

length 

Tube 

dia. 

Power External 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C mm mm mm W mm 

1000 

1000 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

1200 

130 

130 

250 

400 

250 

400 

550 

700 

400 

550 

700 

150 

150 

300 

450 

300 

450 

600 

750 

450 

600 

750 

15.0 

25.0 

25.0 

25.0 

38.0 

38.0 

65.0 

75.0 

38.0 

65.0 

75.0 

400 

400 

700 

1000 

1000 

1500 

2000 

3000 

1200 

1800 

3000 

Tube furnaces, R 50/250/12 to R 100/1000/13 

150 x 175 x 265 

150 x 175 x 265 

370 x 375 x 375 

450 x 375 x 375 

370 x 375 x 430 

450 x 375 x 430 

625 x 360 x 525 

775 x 360 x 525 

430 x 450 x 375 

525 x 775 x 360 

775 x 360 x 525 

E & OE. 




Carbolite 

Supplied with tube (Sillmantin 60) and two end stoppers, ensuring that most standard 

Nabertherm 

procedures can be conducted: 

- srainless steel housing 

- diameter of tubes from 30 up to 100 mm 

- heating zones from 250 up to 1000 mm 

- smooth electronic relay switching 

- digital PID-controller B 180 as standard 

- Additional P330 programmer with 9 programmes and 8 segments 

- optional three zone controller C40 as master-control and 2 x zone controller C6z (from 750 mm heating length 

onwards in types 1300°C 

- available for max. temp 1200 or 1300°C 

Type Max. Tube Power Dimensions 

temp. dia. 

(W x D x H) 

°C mm W mm 

R 50/250/12/B180 

1200 30.0 1200 400 x 240 x 490 

R 50/500/12/B180 

1200 30.0 1800 650 x 240 x 490 

R 50/500/12/B180 

1200 40.0 1800 650 x 240 x 490 

R 100/750/12/B180 

1200 60.0 3600 1000 x 360 x 640 

R 100/750/12/B180 

1200 80.0 3600 1000 x 360 x 640 

R 120/1000/12/B180 

1200 100.0 6000 1300 x 420 x 730 

R 100/750/13/B180* 

1300 60.0 4400 1000 x 360 x 640 

R 100/750/13/B180* 

1300 80.0 4400 1000 x 360 x 640 

R 120/1000/13/B180* 

1300 100.0 6500 1300 x 420 x 730 

Furnaces are available in other sizes and max. temperatures- details on request. 

*These models are also available in 3 zone versions. 

1 

2 

3 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.764 420 

9.764 421 

9.764 422 

9.764 423 

9.764 424 

9.764 425 

9.764 426 

9.764 427 

9.764 429 

9.764 430 

9.764 428 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.764 510 

9.764 512 

9.764 513 

9.764 514 

9.764 515 

9.764 516 

9.764 521 

9.764 522 

9.764 523 

765

1 

2 

3 

4 


Heating/Hotplates 

Type Zones Heated 

zone 

766 

1 2 3 

Hotplates C-MAG HP 4/C-MAG HP 7/C-MAG HP 10 Ikatherm ® 

Made of glass ceramic which offers excellent chemical resistance. 

- fixed safety circuit of 550°C 

- Hot Top indicator >> hot surface warning to prevent burns! 

- exact temperature setting via digital display (LED) 

- digital error code display 

- raised control panel for protection against spilt liquids 

E & OE. 



C-MAG HP 7, C-MAG HP 10 additionally: 

adapter according to DIN 12878 for connecting a contact thermometer, e.g. ETS-D5, enables precise temperature 

control 


Heating function 

Temperature display: digital 

Heat output 

C-MAG HP 4: 250W 

C-MAG HP 7: 1000W 

C-MAG HP 10: 1500W 

Heating rate (1 litre H2O) 

C-MAG HP 4: 2.5K/min 

C-MAG HP 7/HP 10: 5K/min 

Temperature range: 50 to 500°C 

Setting accuracy: ±10K 

Safety circuit fixed: 550°C 

Control accuracy with sensor 

C-MAG HP 4: - 

C-MAG HP 7/HP 10: ETS-D5/±0.5 K 

ETS-D6/±0.2 K 

Heating plate 

Material: glass ceramic 

Dimensions 

C-MAG HP 4: 100 x 100mm 

C-MAG HP 7: 180 x 180mm 

C-MAG HP 10: 260 x 260mm 

Type Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 


mm kg 

C-MAG HP 4 150 x 260 x 105 

3 

1 9.720 496 

C-MAG HP 7 220 x 330 x 105 

5 

1 9.720 497 

C-MAG HP 10 300 x 415 x 105 

6 

1 9.720 498 

Optional accessories: Bath attachments HP 7 and HP 10 additionally: Electronical thermometer ETS-D5 

4 

Laboratory hotplate/stirrer SLR 

For stirring, heating and controlling. As well as the ability for rapid and 

SI Analytics GmbH 

temperature-controlled heating, many applications also require liquids to be stirred. You 

can use the SLR hotplate/stirrer to provide gentle or vigorous liquid stirring and, if required, gradual heating or 

cooling. All functions are displayed on the clear LCD panel and can be monitored. The stirrer and heating are 

individually controlled via manual control knobs. The stirrer can be set from 100 to 1100rpm x 10rpm. increments. 

The average rpm is shown as a bar graph. True running is achieved even at the lower end of the rpm range. Heating 

can also be adjusted over 24 steps attaining an average of 0.9kW at the top of the range. It is possible to regulate 

temperatures between 25°C and 200°C with variations of between ±2 and ±5°C using the Pt1000 temperature 

sensor, depending on the liquid volume, heat capacity and ambient temperature conditions. The display panel informs 

the user at 5 second intervals of the pre-set desired temperature and the actual temperature. The average thermal 

energy generated is also shown as a bar graph. 

Surface Rating Stirrer Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

IKA 

PK Cat. No. 

mm mm W mm 

SLR 1 155 dia. 235 x 235 900 integral 240 x 370 x 85 1 9.720 130


1 

Laboratory hotplates, SLK series 

The heating surface of both models is made of 'Ceran' glass ceramic panels which are 

SI Analytics GmbH 

well-known for their tried and tested reliability. These plates are ideal for use as 

laboratory hotplates. They offer excellent chemical resistance with high-grade surface quality and are therefore easy 

to clean. Due to their excellent thermal properties cold water can be poured over glass ceramic plates when hot 

without causing any damage. 

SLK 1 and SLK 2. 

For rapid and safe heating of liquids using a radiant heating element. Heat can be adjusted over 9 stages using an 

infrared touch panel and at level 9 reaches an output of 1.2 or 1.8kW respectively. An overtemperature cut-out 

prevents overheating. 

Type Heated Rating Dimensions 

zone 

(W x D x H) 

mm W mm 

SLK 1 280 x 280 1200 295 x 395 x 110 

SLK 2 280 x 280 1800 295 x 395 x 110 

2 

Hotplate, SB 160 

Energy regulator control with arbitrarily scaled dial heat control. cast aluminium/silicon 

hotplate. Maximum temperature 325°C. Warning light comes on if plate temperature 

exceeds 50°C. A support rod can be mounted within the top of the outer casing. For 230V a.c. supplies. 



Plate dimensions (W x D): 160 x 160 mm 

E & OE. 




PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.645 610 

9.645 611 

Stuart 

Type Max. 

temp. 

Power PK Cat. No. 

°C W 

SB 160 325 700 1 9.645 300 

3 

Hotplates, analogue, Stuart CB300 and CB500 

Maximum temperature as indicated. Energy regulator control with glass ceramic top 

plate and 'hot' warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 

50°C. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. 


Type Max. 

temp. 

CB300 

CB500 

4 5 

Hotplate 

Weight Rating Internal 

dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C mm kg W mm 

450 

375 

300 x 

500 x 

300 

300 

6.00 

12.00 

1200 

2250 

300 x 365 x 105 

520 x 360 x 130 

Hotplates, analogue, Stuart SB 300 and SB 500 

Maximum temperature 300°C. Energy regulator control with cast aluminium/silicon 

alloy top plate and 'hot' warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature 

exceeds 50°C. The 300 x 300 top plate model has a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing. 


Model SB 300 

Top plate mm: 300 x 300 

Overall WxDxH mm: 300 x 365 x 105 

Weight kg: 6 

Power W: 600 

Model SB 500 


Overall WxDxH mm: 520 x 360 x 130 

Weight kg: 12 

Power W: 1500 

As described. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. 

Stuart 

Stuart 


SB300 

SB500 

1 

1 

9.645 331 

9.645 317 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.645 338 

9.645 316 

767

1 



2 3 4 5 

768 

Hotplate CC 162 and SC 162 

1 

Hotplate, digital reading, SD160 

- Choice of robust aluminium or chemically resistant, ceramic top plate 

- Flashing "Hot" warning light to warn when top plate is too hot to touch 

E & OE. 



Maximum temperature 325°C. Energy regulator control with highly visible fluorescent 

Stuart 

display of set and actual plate temperature with 1°C resolution, aluminium/silicon alloy 

plate 160 x 160 mm 'hot' warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 50°C and retort rod 

mounting at the rear of the housing. Overall 190 x 300 x 110 mm WxDxH, weight 2.5 kg. For 230V 50 Hz single 

phase supplies, 700 W. 



Hotplate SD160 1 9.645 332 

2 3 4 5 

Model CC162 has a glass ceramic top that has excellent chemical and temperature resistance. The surface is easy to 

keep clean and the thermal properties allow very high plate temperatures. 

Model SC162 has a robust aluminium/silicon alloy top plate for good heat transmission. A 700 W element gives rapid 

heating and ensures even temperature distribution across the whole of the plate. 

With BioCote silver based antimicrobial protection. 


Plate dimensions: 160 x 160 mm 

Heated area: 

CC162 120 x 120 mm 

SC162 160 x 160 mm 

Heater Power: 

CC162 500 W 

SC162 700 W 

Stirrer speed range: 100 to 1500 rpm 


Supply requirements: 230 V 50 Hz a.c. 

Maximum stirring capacity: 15 litres 

Max. plate temperature: 

CC162 450°C 

SC162 325°C 


CC 162 

SC 162 

SCT 1 

Ceramic top stirrer hotplate 

Metal top stirrer hotplate 

Temperature controller 

Accessories for hotplate CC 162 and SC 162 

1 

1 

1 

Stuart 

9.645 340 

9.645 341 

9.645 342 


SCT 1/2 

SCT 1/1/MP 

SCT 1/1 

PTFE probe 

Metal probe 

Probe holder 

1 

1 

1 

Stuart 

9.645 344 

9.645 345 

9.645 343


1 2 3 

Hotplate, Hotplate/Stirrer, infra-red, CR300 and CR302 

- Very efficient heating saving time and energy 

- Chemically resistant ceramic top 

- "Hot" warning light for user safety 

Using an ultra-efficient, infra-red heater of just 900 W power this hotplate will boil 1 litre of water over 30 % faster 

than a conventional ceramic hotplate of 1200 W. Ideal for heating large volumes of liquid. 

Additional functions of CR302: 

- stirrer speed range 100 to 1500 

- Ideal for heating and stirring large volumes of liquid, particularly microbiological media 

- with fitting for retort rod and supplied with 2 x 25 mm stirrer bar followers 


Specification: 

Plate dimensions 300 x 300 mm 

Heated area, mm 140 diameter 

Heater Power 900 W 

Overall dimensions (WxDxH) 300 x 365 x 105 

Weight 4 kg 

Supply requirements 230 V 50/60 Hz, 900 W 

E & OE. 




Stuart 


CR300 

CR302 

4 5 

Hotplates digital, SD 300 and SD 500 

Maximum temperature 300°C. Digital setting and control of plate temperature with 1°C 

resolution and cast aluminium/silicon alloy top plate. The 300 x 300 top plate model has 

a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing. 


Model SD300 


Overall (WxDxH): 300 x 365 x 105 

Weight kg: 6 

Power W: 600 

Model SD500 


Overall (WxDxH): 520 x 360 x 130 

Weight kg: 12 

Power W: 1500 

For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. 

1 

1 

9.645 336 

9.645 337 

Stuart 


SD300 

SD500 

6 

Hotplate, digital, 300 x 300 mm 

Hotplate, digital, 300 x 500 mm 

High-performance hotplates 

50 to 500°C, with thermostatic temperature control. Ceran ® glass ceramic material is 

highly resistant to breakage and changes in temperature, free from distortion, 

permeable to ultra-violet light and highly acid-resistant. Bench-top instrument with built-in controller. 

SR model - with separate controller for wall mounting can be supplied on request. 

Type Hot- Power Supply 

plate 

requirements 

mm W 

11 A 280 x 280 2000 230 

22 A 280 x 430 3000 230 

33 A 430 x 430 4400 400 (3ph.) 

44 A 430 x 580 5700 400 (3ph.) 

7 

High-performance hotplate 

Max. 500°C. High-performance Ceran ® glass ceramic hotplate with circular heating area 

145 mm diameter, stainless steel housing, power controller (adjustable 10 to 100 %) 

and integral temperature monitor. 

External dimensions (WxDxH): 200 x 310 x 95 mm 

Power: 1200 W 

Supply requirement: 230 V 


1 

1 

9.645 320 

9.645 321 

Gestigkeit 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.645 711 

9.645 712 

9.645 714 

9.645 715 

Gestigkeit 


CT 10 1 9.645 740 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

769

1 



Precision hotplate, PZ 44, accessories 

770 

1 

Precision hotplate, PZ 44 

E & OE. 



Automatic, precise regulation of temperatures between 20 and 450°C. Digital presetting 

Gestigkeit 

and temperature display. Three power levels (825, 1650 and 3300 W) can be set and an 

additional electronic power controller (adjustable 10 to 100 %) is provided. 

At 825 and 3300 W settings the entire plate surface is heated. 

At 1650 W setting only the right hand side of the plate is heated. As a result of heat conduction, the temperature 

from the right hand side to the left edge of the plate varies by approx. 40%. 

With solid, flat, low-distortion, cast GG15 alloy. 

Plate size: 290 x 440 mm 

Temperature setting: +20 to +450°C 

Switching differential: ±1°C 

Power rating: 3300 W 

Dimensions: (WxDxH): 320 x 470 x 190 mm 

Weight: 23 kg 

Supply requirement: 230 V (400 V, 3-ph. versions are also available on request) 


PZ 44 1 9.645 744 

As described. Gestigkeit 


Cable with plug for temperature safety device, timer switch, contact thermometer 

Temperature safety device for 82, 128, 156, 170, 182, 212, 228, 254 °C please state when ordering 

2 

2 

Hotplates 

Type Power Hot- Width Length Supply 

plate 

requirements 

W mm mm mm 

HT 02 

1800 300 x 300 

312 312 230 

HT 12 

2200 350 x 350 

358 358 230 

HT 22 

2850 350 x 500 

514 364 230 

HT 32-230 

4000 430 x 580 

592 442 230 

HT 32-400 

4000 430 x 580 

592 442 400 (3ph.) 

3 

1 

5 

9.645 747 

9.645 748 

Range: 50 to 300°C, for continuous operation. Electric hotplates with thermostatic 

Gestigkeit 

temperature control and separate power controller for performance adjustment to the 

heating requirements. Anodised aluminium alloy hotplate. Excellent uniform temperature distribution over entire 

heating surface. Asbestos free. Stainless steel housing, with painted central section. Height-adjustable feet. Mains 

cable approximately 1.7 m. Height approximately 170 mm. With earthed plug for 230V supplies up to 3300W. A 400V 

3-phase model is also available. 

3 

Precision hotplates, PZ-series 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.645 781 

9.645 782 

9.645 785 

9.645 786 

9.645 787 

For continuous operation. Provide extremely accurate, uniform temperatures, even in 

Gestigkeit 

plate corners and on edges. Polished anodised aluminium heating surface. 

Microprocessor-controlled temperature controller with temperature setting up to 99.9 in 0.1°C steps, over 99.9 in 1°C 

steps. Actual temperature displayed continuously. With separate power controller for performance adjustment to the 

heating requirements from 10 to 100%. Adjustable temperature monitor from 50 to 300°C (with PZ 28-1, 30 to 

110°C) to prevent excess temperatures. 

Type Hot- Temp. 

Power Dimensions 

plate range 

(W x D x H) 

mm °C W mm 

PZ 28-1 200 x 280 20 to 110 

500 210 x 300 x 135 

PZ 28-2 200 x 280 20 to 300 

1100 210 x 300 x 135 

PZ 35 350 x 350 20 to 300 

2200 365 x 365 x 155 

PZ 60 610 x 160 20 to 300 

2000 620 x 200 x 155 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.645 827 

9.645 828 

9.645 824 

9.645 829


Precision hotplates, PZ-series, accessories 

As described. Gestigkeit 


SK 83 to Cable for contact thermometer 

ST 12 to Support rod 12 mm D. (PZ 60 only) 

HK 3 to Holder for contact thermometer 

1 

Sand baths 

E & OE. 




1 

1 

1 

9.645 831 

9.645 832 

9.645 833 

Range: 50 to 300°C, for continuous operation. Electrical sand baths with thermostatic 

Gestigkeit 

temperature control and separate power controller for performance adjustment to the 

heating requirements. Anodised aluminium alloy hotplate. Excellent uniform temperature distribution over the entire 

heating surface. Asbestos free. The sand bath frame is tightly screwed onto the hotplate so that the sand is in direct 

contact with the hotplate. Useful depth 50 mm. Stainless steel controller housing, with painted central section. 

Height-adjustable feet. Connection cable approximately 1.7 m. With earthed plug for 230V supplies up to 3300W. 

A 400V 3-phase model is also available. Overall height approximately 220 mm. 

Type Power Hot- Width Length Supply 

plate 

requirements 

W mm mm mm 

ST 72 

2200 360 x 360 

360 360 230 

ST 82 

2850 360 x 510 

514 364 230 

ST 92-2 

4000 440 x 590 

592 442 230 

ST 92-3 

4000 440 x 590 

592 442 3 x 400 

2 

Hotplate, EV 1 

Compact laboratory heater with 85mm diameter hotplate. With variable energy 

regulator control and dipole cut-out mains switch with indicator lamp. Maximum 

temperature 425°C. 

Dimensions: (WxDxH): 150 x 225 x 110 mm 

Gerhardt 


EV 1 individual heater 1 9.645 520 

3 

Flask heaters, KI-series 

Reliable, individual heaters for flasks. With bowl-shaped tubular heating element and 

built-in stainless steel reflector collar around the aperture. With variable power 

controller, dipole cut-out via mains switch and indicator lamp. Maximum temperature 650°C. 

Dimensions (WxDxH): 150 x 225 x 130 mm 

Type For 

flasks 

ml 

KI 1 50 to 250 

KI 2 250 to 1000 

4 

Hotplates, series heating, EV 

Convenient, 4- or 6-place series heating benches with 85mm diameter hotplates. Each 

of the hotplates can be individually controlled. With dipole mains switch and indicator 

lamp. Supplied with mains cable. Multi-functional due to the wide range of accessories available. 

Maximum temperature 425°C. 

Type Zones Heating 

capacity 

EV 14 

EV 16 

4 

6 

1800 

2700 

Gerhardt 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

9.645 525 

9.645 527 

Gerhardt 

Width Depth Height PK Cat. No. 

W mm mm mm 

600 

900 

225 

225 

110 

110 

1 

1 

9.645 530 

9.645 532 

1 

2 

3 

4 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.645 814 

9.645 815 

9.645 816 

9.645 820 

771

1 

2 

3 


Heating/Hotplates-Block thermostats 

772 

1 

Flask heaters, series heating, KI series 

E & OE. 



Versatile, 4- or 6-bank heaters with bowl-shaped tubular heating elements and built-in 

Gerhardt 

stainless steel reflector collars around the apertures for flasks up to 1000 ml. Each 

heater position can be individually controlled. With mains switch and pilot light. Particularly suitable for Kjeldahl 

analyses. Supplied with mains connection cable. Capacity can be increased using accessories. Not suitable for use 

with distillation solvents. 

Type Zones Max. 

temp. 

KI 16 

KI 24 

KI 26 

2 

6 x 250 ml 

4 x 250 - 1000 ml 

6 x 250 - 1000 ml 

Power Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

°C W mm 

600 

750 

750 

AccuBlock TM Digital Dry Baths 

1800 

2320 

3480 

600 x 225 x 130 

600 x 225 x 130 

900 x 225 x 130 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.645 540 

9.645 544 

9.645 546 

The user calibration function allows for easy calibration to in-house standards when 

Labnet 

required. 

The dry bath is available as a single or dual block model. Interchangeable blocks are available to accommodate a wide 

variety of tubes, plates and slides. 

Each dry bath is supplied with a block lifter that enables the user to exchange blocks easily, even when the block is 

hot. 

- precise microprocessor control 

- broad temperature range, to 150°C 

- large digital display 

- easy user calibration 

- single and dual block models 


Temperature range: Ambient + 5 to 150°C 

Temperature resolution: 0.1°C 

Temperature uniformity: 

±0.2°C 

Temperature accuracy 

±0.3°C 

Temperature control Microprocessor 

Block chamber construction Stainless steel 

Dimensions (WxDxH) 20 x 26.5 x 8.3cm 

Weight 2.2kg 

Supply requirements: 230V 50/60Hz, or 

120V 50/60Hz 


AccuBlock Digital Dry Bath, single block 

AccuBlock Digital Dry Bath, dual block 

AccuBlock TM Digital Dry Baths, Accessories 

1 

1 

6.224 190 

6.225 737 



Block, 24 x 1.5ml tubes 



Block, 48 x 0.2ml PCR tubes or 6 x 0.2ml strips 

Block 12 x 15ml centrifuge tubes 

Block 5 x 50ml centrifuge tubes 

3 

Incubators PCH-1 and PCH-2 

Personal benchtop cooling/heating dry block for microcentrifuge tubes. The ingenious 

block construction, combined with the powerful Peltier module, produces very rapid 

cooling and heating. 

Temperature range: -10 to +100°C 

Heat up, amb. to 100°C: < 10 min 

Cool down, 100°C to amb.: < 12 min 

Cool down, amb. to -10°C: < 11 min 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

6.224 191 

6.233 664 

6.235 417 

9.945 763 

9.945 764 

9.945 765 

Type Type PK Cat. No. 

PCH-1 

PCH-2 

12 x 1.5 ml plus 20 x 0.5 ml tubes 

20 x 1.5 ml tubes 

1 

1 

Grant 

9.721 009 

9.721 010


1 2 3 

Block thermostats 100°C, QBA, QBD and QBH series 

For controlled dry heating of test tubes, microplates and Eppendorf tubes in 

Grant 

interchangeable aluminium blocks. The following models are available: 

QBA 

- analogue dial temperature setting 

QBD/QBH2 

- fast heat-up time, variety of block options and in-block temperature sensing capability using accessory external 

sensor probe 

- built-in timer, programmable delayed start and RS232 output for data monitoring 

- requires but does not include interchangeable QB-series blocks 

Specifications Models QBA1/QBA2 

Temperature range: Ambient + 5 to 100°C 

Stability at 37°C: ±0.1°C 

Uniformity at 37°C: ±0.1°C 

Supply requirements: 230 V 50/60 Hz, single phase supply 

Models QBD1/QBD2/QBD4/QBH2 

Temperature range: Ambient 5 to 100°C, QBH2: 5 to 200°C 

Stability at 37°C: ±0.1°C 

Uniformity at 37°C: ±0.1°C 

Supply requirements: 230 V 50/60 Hz, single phase supply 

Type Blocks 

accepted 

QBA1 

QBA2 

QBD1 

QBD2 

QBD4 

QBH2 

4 

1 

2 

1 

2 

4 

2 

Power Length Width Height PK Cat. No. 

W mm mm mm 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

230 

280 

230 

280 

380 

280 

Digital block thermostats, series QBA, QBD, QBH, accessory blocks, QB 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Accessory blocks for QBT series only. Interchangeable. Machined aluminium, 

140 x 50 x 63 mm (L x W x H). Holes drilled as indicated. 

Type For tubes 

dia. 

mm 

QB-10 10 mm 

QB-12 12 mm 

QB-16 16 mm 

QB-18 18 mm 

QB-24 24 mm 

QB-H 56 x 0.2 ml 

QB-E0 24 x 0.5 ml 

QB-E1 24 x 1.5 ml 

QB-E2 24 x 2.0 ml 

QB-0 Solid block for user to drill 

5 

No.of 

holes 

Block thermostats, QBA, QBD, QBH series, accessory covers 

Block thermostats, QBA, QBD, QBH series, accessory covers. Transparent 

polycarbonate. Protect the operator against accidentally touching blocks whilst hot. 

E & OE. 



Heating/Block thermostats 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.852 305 

9.852 306 

9.852 307 

9.852 308 

9.852 309 

9.852 310 


QDLS 

QDLL 

QDLS 

Cover for QBA1 and QBD1 

Cover for QBD4 

Cover for QBA2, QBD2 and QBH2 

24 

24 

12 

12 

5 

56 

24 

24 

24 

0 

1 

1 

1 

Grant 

Grant 

9.852 311 

9.852 312 

9.852 314 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.951 661 

9.951 662 

9.951 663 

9.951 664 

9.951 665 

9.951 666 

9.951 667 

9.951 668 

9.951 669 

9.951 670 

773



1 2 3 4 

774 

Block Heaters, analogue and digital, Stuart 

E & OE. 



- choice of either analogue or digital models 

Stuart 

- digital models available with either 130°C or 200°C maximum temperature 

- three block model for extra capacity 

- dual control models have two blocks with independent temperature control 

- uniform and stable block temperatures 

Designed for the precise heating of test-tubes, microcentrifuge tubes, cuvettes and microplates. 

Range compromises an economical analogue model with easy to use, dial setting and advanced digital models with bright, easy to read, LED display which 

facilitates setting of the required temperature and also accurate monitoring of the actual temperature. 

Excellent temperature stability and uniformity is maintained via sensitive, microprocessor control. 

Heats to 100°C in less than 12 minutes. 

Supplied complete with block extraction tool but without aluminium blocks which must be ordered separately. 



Temperature stability at 37°C: ±0.1°C 

Uniformity within block at 37°C: ±0.1°C 

Uniformity within block at 130°C: ±1°C 

Electrical supply: 230V 50Hz 

SBH130 // SBH130D // SBH200D 

Number of blocks: 2 

Temp. range (Ambient): +8°C to +130°C // +8°C to +130°C // +8°C to +200°C 

Calibrated knob // LED // LED 

Display type: 10°C // 1°C // 1°C 

Display resolution: 235 x 280 x 115mm 

Dimensions (WxDxH) mm: 2.1kg // 2.3kg // 2.3kg 

Net weight: 300W 

Heater power: 

SBH130D/3 // SBH200D/3 

Number of blocks: 3 

Temp. range (Ambient): +8°C to +130°C // +8°C to +200°C 

Display type: LED 

Display resolution: 1°C 

Dimensions (WxDxH) mm: 310 x 280 x 115mm 

Net weight: 3.2kg 

Heater power: 450W 

SBH130DC // SBH200DC 

Number of blocks: 2 (independent control) 

Temp. range (Ambient): +8°C to +130°C // +8°C to +200°C 

Display type: LED 

Display resolution: 1°C 

Dimensions (WxDxH) mm: 310 x 280 x 115mm 

Net weight: 2.9kg 

Heater power: 300W 


SBH130 

SBH130D 

SBH200D 

SBH130/3 

SBH200D/3 

SBH130DC 

SBH200DC 

Block heater, 2 block, analogue, 130°C 

Block heater, 2 block, digital, 130°C 




Block heater, 2 block, digital, dual control, 130°C 

Block heater, 2 block, digital, dual control, 200°C 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.852 300 

9.852 301 

9.852 302 

7.624 685 

9.852 303 

6.207 050 

9.852 315


1 2 

3 

4 

E & OE. 




Block heaters, Stuart SHT series, accessory aluminium blocks 

Supplied singly. 

Stuart 


Aluminium block for 

20 x 10.5mm Ø test tubes 


20 x 12.5 mm Ø test tubes 





Aluminium block, 

solid, for user to drill 

as required 


48 x 0.2 ml centrifuge tubes 


20 x 1.5 ml Eppendorf tubes 


20 x 2.0 ml Eppendorf tubes 

Aluminium block for 15 x 10 mm 

cuvettes. Separations can be 

removed to take larger cells 

4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.951 617 

9.951 618 

9.951 619 

9.951 620 

9.951 621 

9.951 622 

9.951 623 

9.951 624 

9.951 625 

775

1 

1 



776 

Block heater ThermoStat plus 

ThermoStat plus product features: 

- Precise temperature control of all commonly used laboratory tubes 

- Temperature control range -5°C to 99°C 

- Temperature/running time can be programmed individually, up to 4 temperature levels and 4 time phases in 

succession 

- User-friendly operation with no double-function keys 

- Remote control by PC and documentation output in accordance with GLP requirements are possible via an RS 232 

interface 

Accessory features: Interchangeable blocks 

- Excellent heat insulation, safe to touch (no direct contact with hot surfaces) 

- Interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml microtubes: Each supplied with a work rack and 

cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C (instead of an ice bath) 

- Interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates; Adapter plate for 

96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block 

- Block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, height 30 to 76 mm 

- CombiBox, interchangeable thermoblock for universal temperature control of various sizes of tubes; can be attached 

easily, without locking 

E & OE. 



eppendorf 


ThermStat plus, basic unit without 

interchangeable thermoblock 

Additional interchangeable thermoblocks are available - details on request 

2 

Accessories for ThermoStat plus 


- Excellent heat insulation, safe to touch (no direct contact with hot surfaces) 

- Interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0 ml microtubes: Each supplied with a work rack and 


- Interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates; Adapter plate for 

96 x 0.2 ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block 

- Block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, height 30 to 76 mm 

- CombiBox, interchangeable thermoblock for universal temperature control of various sizes of tubes; can be attached 

easily, without locking 

2 

1 9.776 695 

eppendorf 


Interchangeable block for 24 x 0.5ml microtubes, with work rackand cooling pack to 0°C 

Interchangeable block for 24 x 1.5ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C 

Interchangeable block for 24 x 2ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C 

Interchangeable block with cover for microtitration and deep well plates 

Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2 ml PCR vessels for use with interchangeable block for microtitration plates 

Interchangeable block CombiBox for various tubes, footprint 13.5 x 9.0 x 6.0 cm (W x D x H) 

Interchangeable block for vessels with 11 to 11.9 mm dia., height 30 to 76 mm 

Interchangeable block for 8 x 15ml Falcon tubes 

Interchangeable block for 4 x 50ml Falcon tubes 

Interchangeable block for 1.5 - 2 ml Cryotubes 

Interchangeable block for 4 x microscope slides 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.776 673 

9.776 674 

9.776 675 

9.776 696 

9.776 697 

9.776 698 

9.776 699 

9.776 687 

9.776 688 

9.776 689 

9.776 691


1 

Stirring Dry bath 15-100 and 15-250 

For viscosity control, R&D, combinatorial chemistry, biological applications, elution of 

plastics. For quality control of nutrients, chemistry and wastewater technologies. 

Mixing: maintenance-free, 2mag induction motor, 4-point power setting for efficiency with high viscosity media and 

reduced power for permanent running without heating samples. Digital display for speed range, power and 

temperature. Soft-start for precise control of stirring bar. 

Heating: PTFE-coated, solid aluminium heating block for high chemical resistance, with safety overheat cut-out. 

Stainless steel housing. 

includes separate control system for stirring and heating. 

3 years warranty. Made in Germany. 

Stirring positions: 15 

Stirring power: 10/20/30/40 W (4-steps) 

Max. temperature: +200°C 

Speed range: 100 to 2000rpm 

Type Stirring 

centre 

distances 

15 to 100 

15 to 250 

2 

Block hole 

Dia. x depth 

Stirring 

capacity 

Dimensions 

(W x D x H) 

mm mm ml mm kg 

65 

84 

57,5 / 48 

71.5/78 

Shaking Incubators VorTemp 56/ 1550 

1 to 150 

1 to 400 

295 x 445 x 110 

345 x 525 x 140 

E & OE. 




2mag 

1 


approx. 23 

approx: 31 

VorTemp 56 is supplied with interchangeable platforms for microtubes (56 x 1.5ml 

tubes, or small tubes with adapters) or microplates (accepts standard and deepwell 

plates, up to 2.0ml). VorTemp 1550 includes platforms for 8 x 50ml and 18 x 15ml tubes. 

The shaker in the VorTemp 56 may be turned off, allowing the unit to be used as a static incubator. 

- shake and incubate samples simultaneously 

- interchangeable platforms 

- broad temperature and speed range 

- intelligent control with digital LED display 


Temperature range Ambient + 5°C to 99°C 

Temperature accuracy 

Speed range 

±0.5°C 

Vortemp 56 

200 to 1200rpm 

VorTemp 1550 200 to 900rpm 

Motion/orbit Circular/3mm 

Timer 

Capacity: 

1 to 999 minutes or continuous 

Vortemp 56 

VorTemp 1550 

Dimensions (WxDxH) 

56 x 1.5/2.0ml tubes, 4 standard or 2 deep well microplates 

18 x 15ml, 8 x 50ml tubes 

VorTemp 56 23 x 31 x 23cm 

VorTemp 1550 

Weight 

26 x 31 x 31cm 

VorTemp 56 11kg 

VorTemp 1550 12kg 

Electrical 230V 50Hz or 120V 60Hz 



VorTemp 56 

VorTemp 1550 

Additional platform for microtubes 

1 

1 

1 

9.945 760 

9.945 761 

9.945 762 

2 

1 

1 

9.645 952 

9.645 953 

777

1 

2 



778 

1 

Thermomixer, Compact 

- With thermoblock heater for 24 x 1.5ml microtubes. Supplied with a work rack and 

cooling pack for rapid cooling to 0°C 

- very small footprint 

- excellent heat insulation, safe to touch 

- tubes are securely held 

- very quiet during use 

- short-mix operation 

E & OE. 



eppendorf 


Thermomixer compact 1 9.776 671 

2 

Thermomixer, Comfort 

Thermomixer product features: 

eppendorf 

- Active counter-cooling expands the range of application 

- Improved mixing and incubation capacity 

- Basic device is supplied without interchangeable thermoblocks; flexibility is provided by user selection of up to five 

different accessory interchangeable blocks for 0.5 ml, 1.5 ml or 2.0ml tubes or microtitration plates in all well 

formats 

- Short-mix function 

- Easy to operate 

- Programmable: two different programmes with mixing and rest phases 


Comfort thermomixer, basic unit 

without interchangeable thermoblock 

3 4 

3 4 

Accessories for Thermomixer Comfort 


- excellent heat insulation, safe to touch (no direct contact with hot surfaces) 

- interchangeable thermoblocks for 24 x 0.5ml, 1.5ml or 2.0ml microtubes: Each supplied with a work rack and 


- interchangeable thermoblock for microtitration plates of all well forms incl. deep well microplates; Adapter plate for 

96 x 0.2ml PCR tubes for use with the microtitration plate block 

- block with lid for headspace and other laboratory tubes with diameter 11 to 12 mm, height 30 to 76 mm 

1 9.776 672 

eppendorf 




Interchangeable block for 24 x 2ml microtubes, with work rack and cooling pack to 0°C 

Interchangeable block with cover for microtitration and deep well plates 

Adapter plate for 96 x 0.2ml PCR tubes for use with interchangeable block for microtitration plates 

Interchangeable block for 11 to 11.9 mm dia. tubes, height 30 to 76 mm 

Interchangeable block for 4 x 50ml Falcon-type tubes 

Interchangeable block for 8 x 15ml Falcon-type tubes 

Interchangeable block for 24 Cryotubes 

Interchangeable block for 4 Slides 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.776 673 

9.776 674 

9.776 675 

9.776 696 

9.776 697 

9.776 699 

9.776 688 

9.776 687 

9.776 689 

9.776 691


1 

Microtube thermoshaker PHMT 

Combining the mixing operation with the incubation phase produces multiple benefits: 

reaction process times are reduced; the operator's workload is reduced; the efficiency of 

many procedures, e.g. the transformation of bacterial cells, is increased. 

- variable speed: 250 to 1400rpm 

- 2mm shaking orbit for effective mixing 

- temperature range: 5 to 100°C 

- timed shaking operation: 1 min to 96 hours 

- low voltage supply for safe, cold room use 

- operating ambient 4°C to 45°C 

- incl. interchangeable block PSC20 for 20 x 1.5ml microtubes 

E & OE. 





Microtube-thermoshaker for micro tubes 1 9.721 034 

2 

1 

Accessory blocks for Microtube thermoshaker PHMT 


Block PSC-20 for 20 x 1.5/2.0 ml microtubes 

Block PSC-18 for 20 x 0.5 + 12 x 1.5/2.0 ml microtubes 

3 

Microplate thermoshaker PHMP 

2 

For 96- and 384-well plates. 

Optimum heating environment combined with powerful orbital shaking to produce the 

maximum yield. Heated lid, for excellent stability and uniformity and to prevent condensation. 

- variable speed: 250 to 1200 rpm 

- 2 mm shaking orbit for effective mixing 

- temperature range: amb. + 5 to 60°C 

- timed operation: 1 min to 100 hours 

- for 2 standard 96- or 384-well plates (max. 14 mm hight) 

- low voltage supply for safe, cold-room operation 

- ambient operating range: 4°C to 45°C 

1 

1 

Grant 

Grant 

9.721 035 

9.721 036 


PHMP 1 9.721 033 

3 

Grant 

779

1 

1 



780 

Mixer MixMate ® 

Compact and amazingly versatile, benchtop MixMate can be used for virtually any 

mixing application. The ideal combination between parameters such as speed, type of 

mixing movement (e.g. orbital) and the mixing radius guarantees quick and complete mixing of even the smallest 

volumes. MixMate accommodates micro test tubes, PCR plates, deep-well plates and MTPs. It features an integrated 

vortexing function and an operating concept that is as simple as it is intelligent. 

Applications 

- Mixing PCR preparations 

- Mixing restriction preparations 

- Resuspending pellets (e.g., bacteria, DNA, cell culture pellets) 

- Mixing during incubation steps 

- Incubation (e.g., ELISA assays) 

- Quantification of proteins using colorimetric dyes (e.g., Bradford, Lowry, BCA) 

- Reporter gene assays (e.g., β-galactosidase, luciferase assay) 

- Vortexing numerous tube formats 

Product features 

- 2-dimensional mix Control 

- Optimized mixing 

- Anti-spill technology guarantees mixing without any spillage or lid wetting 

- 3-in-1 format allows great flexibility 

- Preprogrammed soft keys 

- Reliable universal holder 

- Automatic imbalance detection,a common feature in centrifuges 

- Digital display 

- Extremely quiet operation (


1 

Temperature controllers, Tempat ® -D 

For controlling temperature of heating coils, hotplates, ovens, infrared radiators and water baths. Tempat ® -D has a 

10mm high, LED display which can even be seen in dark rooms and allows monitoring of actual temperature at any 

time. Set point can be entered via a 3 or 4 figure coding switch with 1°C resolution. Built-in sensor breakdown fuse, 

switching interval display and Xp trimmer to adjust variable gain amplification between 0 and 10K. Sensor connection 

is via a plug-in socket. 

Appropriate temperature sensor can be supplied. 

If no temperature sensor is ordered, a loose plug is supplied. 


Input 230V 50/60 Hz 

Switching capacity 2000W, 10 A 

Connection, appliance 1.20m long connection cable with impact resistant plug 

and earthed schuko socket, other plug-in connections in accordance with Swiss or 

French/Belgian standards, for example can be supplied at additional cost. 

Housing 

Grey, glass fibre reinforced plastic 


On/off switch via dipole luminous rocker switch 

Sensor connection via socket 

Contact load Pt100 x 1 and 2 x thermocouple 

1 + 3 

Accuracy ±1 % from measuring range value 


Pt100 

Fe-CuNi 

NiCr-Ni 

2 

0 to 400°C 

0 to 600°C 

0 to 1200°C 

Temperature controllers, Tempat ® -DSI 

E & OE. 



Heating/Temperature controllers, thermostats 

1 

1 

1 

9.725 381 

9.725 382 

9.725 383 

Safety temperature controllers for regulating the temperature of heating coils, hotplates, ovens, infrared radiators and 

water baths. with 7 mm high LED display. A coding switch is provided for entering set points. For optimum safety: 

Irreversible safety contact breaker with secondary sensor input and dipole switch-off in the event of 

overtemperature or sensor malfunction. Visual and audible alarms. Critical temperature values are set using 

potentiometer and controlled via the display. 

Voltage: 220-235V 50/60 Hz 

Switching capacity: max. 2.3 kW 

Switching current: max. 10 A 

Measuring accuracy: ±1% 




Pt100 

Fe-CuNi 

NiCr-Ni 

0 to 400°C 

0 to 600°C 

0 to 1200°C 

Sensors for temperature controllers, Tempat ® 

1 

1 

1 

9.725 365 

9.725 366 

9.725 367 

Type Dia. Length PK Cat. No. 

mm mm 

Sensor Pt 100 

2.5 250 

1 9.725 378 

Sensor Fe-CuNi 

1.5 250 

1 9.725 394 

Sensor NiCr-Ni 

1.5 250 

1 9.725 395 

3 

Triac mains voltage regulator, MES2000 

MES 2000. 

Electronic alternating current adjuster for easy control of resistance power equipment such as hotplates, soldering 

irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators, universal motor speed regulators, stirrers etc. With high rating fuse, 2 pin on/off 

luminous rocker switch and shielded, fused Schuko socket. 

Adjustment 10 to 230 V, fitted with an interference suppressor in accordance with EN standard. 

Type Power PK Cat. No. 

W 

MES2000 1 9.724 952 

1 

2 

3 

781

1 

2 

3 

4 



782 

1 

Power controller, MES 2000 PSI 

E & OE. 



An alternating current safety controller for variable and no-loss control of hotplates, heating tapes, soldering irons, 

light bulbs, infrared radiators etc. 

Potentiometer scale adjustment and electronic triac switch monitoring. Controller switches irreversibly to dipole in the 

event of triac switch malfunction and visual and audible alarms operate immediately. This ensures optimum safety. 

Voltage 220-235V 50/60 Hz 

Switching capacity Max. 2300 VA 

Switching current Max. 10 A 

Electronics Phase 

controls 

Regulating range 10 to 235 V a.c. 

Anti-interference Grade N 


Weight 1.2 kg 


MES 2000 PSI 1 9.725 364 

2 

Power controller, Voltron-Plus 

Alternating current controller for variable and no-loss control of resistive and inductive power devices with the 

following additional features: 

- On/off luminous rocker switch, dipole switching, 10 A (4) 

- IC controlled, hysteresis free 

- Quiet running 

- Anti-interference grade N 

- Fast-blow fuse 

- Protected fuse holder 

- Power-on indicator lamp 

Voltage 220-235 V a.c. 50/60 Hz 

Switching capacity Max. 2000 VA 

Switching current Max. 10 A 

Electronics Phase 

controls 

Regulating range 0 to 235V a.c. 


Weight 0.7 kg 


Voltron-Plus 1 9.725 363 

3 

Power controller, Voltron 20 

Alternating current resistance controller with interference suppressor for variable, no-power-loss control of hotplates, 

heating tapes, soldering irons, light bulbs, infrared radiators etc., control range 25 to 225 V. With single throw on/off 

potentiometer and shielded fuse holder for safe fuse replacement away from the internal circuit. Fitted with 

interference suppressor in accordance with EN standard. 

Type Power PK Cat. No. 

W 

Voltron 20 2000 1 9.725 094 

4 

Temperature regulator KM-RX1000 series 

Electronic temperature controller with digital display, with integral support clamp, switching power at 230V: 2300W, 

sensors KM series (NiCr-Ni, Pt100) can be used. Temperature range up to 1200 ° C. 

Type Connection PK Cat. No. 

KM-RX 1001 

KM-RX 1004 

socket 

clamp 

1 

1 

7.619 815 

9.642 654


1 

1 

Temperature controller KM-RX1000 series, accessory sensors KM series 

With fixed connecting cable. 

Type Description For Measuring 

range 

°C 

KM-TNF Thermocouple flat sensor 

KM-RX1004 0 to 400 

KM-TNS Thermocouple rod sensor 

KM-RX1004 0 to 1200 

KM-TP2 Sheathed element sensor 

KM-RX1004 0 to 500 

KM-TP2 Sheathed element sensor 

KM-RX1001 0 to 500 

Further accessory sensors available on request. 

2 3 

Laboratory temperature regulator 

E & OE. 




Connection PK Cat. No. 

with diode plug 



without diode plug 

For monitoring and control of electronic heating equipment, such as heating mantles, 

heating baths, heating mats, water baths, oil baths etc. Fitted with state of the art 

control electronics. 

- Multi-Display: separate (LED) temperature displays for set and actual values, and for high and low temperature 

warning and safety functions 

- Splashproof, membrane keypad which is easy to use 

- Display resolution 0.1°C 

- Adjustable control parameters 

- PID control 

- Connections for control and safety sensors 

- Max. switching capacity: 2 kW 

Additional features of model LC4-F: 

- Display resolution 0.01°C 

- Adaptive PID control for enhanced requirements 

- Analogue programmer input, printer output 

... and even more features with the LC6 programme controller: 

- ICC = Intelligent Cascade Control; adjustable classic PID control 

- Additional LCD function display for user-friendly operation 

- Integral programmer (6 profiles with 60 segments) 

- Connections for 2 control and 1 safety sensors 

- Max. switching capacity: 3 kW. 

Type Temp. 

range 

LC4 

LC4-F 

LC6 

°C K 

-50 to 350 

-50 to 350 

-100 to 400 

Stability Connection Serial 

interface 

> ± 0.05 

> ± 0.03 

> ± 0.03 

1 x Pt100 

1 x Pt100 

2 x Pt100 

2 3 

RS232 

RS232 

RS232 / 485 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.642 670 

9.642 671 

9.642 672 

7.619 816 

JULABO 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

9.724 984 

9.724 985 

9.724 986 

783

1 

2 

3 

4 


Heating/Incubation hoods 

784 

1 

Heating mantles, uncased, KM-G series 

E & OE. 



For round bottomed flasks. Max. provides heating temperatures up to 450°C. For 230V a.c. 

supplies. Mantles from 500ml upwards have a 60mm diameter base aperture. With heating zone switch and power 

protection switch. 

Capacity Flask dia. Rating PK Cat. No. 

ml mm W 

25 

50 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

3000 

4000 

5000 

6000 

10000 

20000 

41 

51 

64 

85 

105 

131 

166 

185 

207 

223 

236 

279 

345 

65 

75 

120 

180 

250 

450 

600 

800 

900 

1200 

1400 

2000 

2200 

* Special heating mantles with other specifications availlable on request. 

2 

Heating mantles KM-GH series 

For flasks, round bottom, max. heating element temperatures up to 900°C, 230V a.c. With 

heating zone switch and power protection switch. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.642 401 

9.642 402 

9.642 403 

9.642 404 

9.642 405 

9.642 406 

9.642 407 

9.642 408 

9.642 409 

9.642 410 

9.642 411 

9.642 412 

9.642 413 


ml mm W 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

4000 

6000 

3 

64 

85 

105 

131 

166 

207 

236 

200 

300 

500 

750 

1200 

1800 

2500 

Magnetic stirrers, MR series 

For use in conjunction with standard heating mantles from 500ml to 4000ml. With 60 

mm diameter stirring dome to fit aperture in base of mantle. Range: Up to 1600rpm. 

With heating plates and connection for contact thermometer. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.642 440 

9.642 441 

9.642 442 

9.642 443 

9.642 444 

9.642 445 

9.642 446 


KM-MR 3000 1 9.642 301 

4 

Support rings, KM-TR series, for heating mantles 

Heating mantles are fitted onto four hook attachments in the support ring. 

For 

mantle 

ml 

25 

50 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

3000 

4000 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

SAF 

SAF 

SAF 

SAF 

9.642 620 

9.642 621 

9.642 622 

9.642 623 

9.642 624 

9.642 625 

9.642 626 

9.642 627 

9.642 628


1 

Tripods, KM-DF series, for heating mantles 

To enhance heating mantle stability. 

For 

mantle 

ml 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

3000 

4000 

5000 

6000 

10000 

20000 

2 

Clamp KM-SK 

For heating mantles and heating units. 

Clamp to fix support rods to the metal-cased heating mantles. 

E & OE. 




PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.642 600 

9.642 601 

9.642 602 

9.642 603 

9.642 604 

9.642 605 

9.642 606 

9.642 607 

9.642 608 

9.642 609 

9.642 610 


KM-SK 1 9.642 630 

3 

Energy regulator, KM-L116 

Electromechanical controller for controlling heating mantles. 230 V, 15 A, 

max. load 3450 W. 


KM-L116 1 9.642 660 

4 

Heating mantles, KM-M series 

With built-in heating zone switch in an acid-proof, plastic housing. Flexible heating element 

for use with round bottomed flasks up to 3 litres. Provide heating temperatures up to max. 

450°C, with 2 heating zones. For 230V a.c.supplies. Please order support clamp separately. With power protection 

switch. 


ml mm W 

50 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

3000 

4000 

5000 

6000 

10000 

20000 

51 

64 

85 

105 

131 

166 

185 

207 

223 

236 

279 

345 

55 

100 

150 

200 

300 

500 

600 

750 

860 

1000 

1400 

2000 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

SAF 

SAF 

SAF 

SAF 

9.642 500 

9.642 501 

9.642 502 

9.642 503 

9.642 504 

9.642 505 

9.642 506 

9.642 507 

9.642 508 

9.642 509 

9.642 510 

9.642 511 

1 

2 

3 

4 

785

1 

2 

3 

4 



786 

1 

Heating mantles, cased, KM-ME series 

as KM-M, but with integral power controller. Support clamp availlable on request. 

E & OE. 




ml mm W 

50 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

3000 

4000 

5000 

6000 

10000 

20000 

51 

64 

85 

105 

131 

166 

185 

207 

223 

236 

279 

345 

55 

100 

150 

200 

300 

500 

600 

750 

860 

1000 

1400 

2000 

* Serial heating units and special heating mantles with other specifications availlable on request. 

2 

Heating mantles, cased, KM-MPE series 

As KM-ME but for universal use with different flask sizes. 3 different heating zones. Support 

clamp, please order separately. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.642 520 

9.642 521 

9.642 522 

9.642 523 

9.642 524 

9.642 525 

9.642 526 

9.642 527 

9.642 528 

9.642 529 

9.642 530 

9.642 531 


ml mm W 

50 to 250 

51 to 85 

160 

1 9.642 540 

250 to 1000 

85 to 131 

350 

1 9.642 541 

1000 to 3000 131 to 185 

700 

1 9.642 542 

3 

Heating mantles, EM series 

Range up to 450°C. With PP outer case which is chemical-resistant and resilient. Highly 

Electrothermal 

efficient, heating element insulation and air circulation ensure low external casing 

temperatures. Flexible heating element is suspended in a thermal insulating cartridge to provide maximum heat 

transfer with minimum risk of flask breakage. All heating mantles are internally fused and have support clamp for 

rods up to 12 mm diameter. With earth (ground) screen and energy regulator control. For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz 

supplies. Spare heater cartridges are available on request. 

For 

flasks 

Width Depth Height Power PK Cat. No. 

ml mm mm mm W 

100 

175 

260 127 

60 

1 9.643 033 

250 

175 

260 127 

150 

1 9.643 034 

500 

238 

310 145 

200 

1 9.643 035 

1000 

238 

310 145 

300 

1 9.643 036 

2000 

350 

400 190 

500 

1 9.643 037 

3000 

350 

400 190 

500 

1 9.643 038 

5000 

350 

400 190 

800 

1 9.643 039 

4 

Heating mantles, EMX series 

Up to 450°C. 


Spillproof. Replaceable heating element is protected against moisture penetration by a 

stainless steel liner and is easy to clean. PP outer case. Heating mantles are suitable for heating a variety of glass 

containers, such as round bottomed flasks and 60° funnels. Highly efficient, heating element insulation and air 

circulation ensure low external temperatures. With support rod clamp and base outlet, safety earth (ground) screen 

and time proportional, arbitrarily scaled controller. 

For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz supplies. 

For 

flasks 

Width Depth Height Power PK Cat. No. 

ml mm mm mm W 

50 to 1000 

310 

238 150 150+80 

1 9.643 081 

500 to 5000 

400 

325 195 400+200 

1 9.643 083 

SAF 

SAF


1 

Multimantles, EMV series 

Up to 450°C. 


For flasks and funnels. With flexible heating elements and internal fuse. With support 

rod clamp for 12.5 mm diameter rods, or for attaching mantle to support. With base outlet, earth (ground) screen 

and solid state controller. 

For 220-240V 50/60 Hz supplies. 

E & OE. 



Heating/Incubation hoods-Heating tapes 

For 

For Dimensions 

Power PK Cat. No. 

flasks 

funnel 

dia. 

(W x D x H) 

ml mm mm W 

10 to 50 

50 - 100 175 x 260 x 127 

60 

1 9.643 072 

100 to 250 

75 - 100 175 x 260 x 127 

60 

1 9.643 073 

500 to 1000 

100 - 200 238 x 310 x 145 

100 

1 9.643 074 

1000 to 5000 * 200 - 300 350 x 400 x 190 

800 

1 9.643 075 

* With 2 circuits, 1 x 300, 1 x 500 W. 

2 

Stirrer mantles, EMA series 

Up to 450°C. 


PP outer case. Time proportional heater control via built-in, solid state controller and 

adjustable magnetic stirrer in one instrument. Flexible heating element. The stirrer unit has an independent power 

supply. Stepless speed control up to approx. 520 rpm. with auto-reverse facility. Automatic stirrer bar trap. With 

support clamp for rods up to 12.5 mm diameter and earth (ground) screen. For 220-240 V 50/60 Hz. 

For 

flasks 

ml 

50 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

2000 

3 

Heating units, KM-R6 series 

Plastic coated housing with six heating positions. Each heating position is separately controlled. Support clamp 

availlable on request. 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.643 122 

9.643 123 

9.643 124 

9.643 125 

9.643 126 

9.643 127 


ml mm W 

100 

250 

500 

1000 

64 

85 

105 

131 

110 

220 

330 

495 

Size and rating specifications are valid for each heating position. 

4 

Heating tapes, fibreglass, KM-HT-BS30 series 

Extremely flexible; not moisture-resistant. With fibre glass outer covering. Max. surface 

temperature 450°C. With 1 metre long mains connection cable for permanent 

connection. Power loading approximately 250 W/m, 230 V a.c. Tape dimensions: 30 x 5 mm. 

Length Heating 

capacity 

cm W 

50 

125 

100 

250 

150 

375 

200 

500 

250 

625 

300 

750 

400 

1000 

500 

1250 

700 

1500 

1000 

2000 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.642 570 

9.642 571 

9.642 572 

9.642 573 

SAF 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.642 720 

9.642 721 

9.642 722 

9.642 723 

9.642 724 

9.642 725 

9.642 726 

9.642 727 

9.642 728 

9.642 729 

1 

2 

3 

4 

787

1 


Heating/Heating tapes 

788 

1 

Heating tapes, fibreglass, KM-HC-G series 

Extremely flexible; not moisture-resistant. With fibre glass outer covering. Max. surface 

temperature 450°C. With 2 x 1.5 metre long mains connection cable for permanent 

connection. Power loading approximately 150 W/m, 230 V a.c. Tape dimensions: 3.5 to 4.5 mm dia. 

Length Heating 

capacity 

cm W 

50 

75 

100 

150 

150 

225 

200 

300 

250 

375 

300 

450 

400 

600 

500 

750 

600 

900 

9.642 401 9.642 440 

9.642 540 



whole 


E & OE. 



SAF 

PK Cat. No. 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

9.642 750 

9.642 751 

9.642 752 

9.642 753 

9.642 754 

9.642 755 

9.642 756 

9.642 757 

9.642 758

address Wenk LabTec GmbH 

Robert - Kahrmann Str. 57 

41334 Nettetal 

Germany 

phone +49-21 53- 95 29 49-0 

fax +49-21 53- 95 29 49- 99 

internet www.wenk-labtec.com 

e-mail info@wenk-labtec.com

laboratory catalogue - Wenk Lab Tec

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?